7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
2 *
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
4 *
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
8 */
|
|
9
|
|
10 /*
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
12 */
|
|
13
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
15
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
17 /*
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
19 */
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
21
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
7
|
37
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
39
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
41 {
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
59
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
61
|
|
62 /*
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
64 */
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
7
|
67 {
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
78
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
81
|
|
82 /*
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
7
|
88 */
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
449
|
92
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
96
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
100
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
103
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
107
|
449
|
108 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
109 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
644
|
110 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
449
|
111
|
464
|
112 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
113 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
114 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
115 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
716
|
116 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
464
|
117 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
118 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
119 * that is being completed */
|
|
120 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
121 * completion started */
|
|
122 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
123 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
449
|
124
|
|
125 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
126 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
681
|
127 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
665
|
128 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
681
|
129 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
7
|
130 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
131 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
132 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
648
|
133 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
707
|
134 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
659
|
135 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
703
|
136 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
667
|
137 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
7
|
138 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
657
|
140 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
141 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
694
|
142 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
659
|
143 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
144 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
145 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
724
|
146 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
147 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
148 #endif
|
659
|
149 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
7
|
150 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
151 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
665
|
152 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
610
|
153 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
644
|
154 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
610
|
155 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
681
|
156 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
157 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
158 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
159 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
160
|
|
161 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
162 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
163 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
164 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
165
|
661
|
166 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
7
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
168 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
169 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
667
|
170 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
7
|
171 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
172 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
173 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
744
|
174 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
221
|
175 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
484
|
176 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
497
|
177 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
221
|
178 #endif
|
7
|
179 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
180 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
840
|
181 #if 0
|
7
|
182 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
840
|
183 #endif
|
7
|
184 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
185 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
186 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
187 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
188 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
189 #endif
|
|
190 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
191 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
192 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
193 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
194 #endif
|
|
195 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
196 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
449
|
197 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
477
|
198 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
7
|
199 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
200 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
201 #endif
|
|
202 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
203 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
204 #endif
|
449
|
205 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
206 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
7
|
207 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
208 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
209 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
210 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
211 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
212 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
213 #endif
|
692
|
214 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
215 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
216 #endif
|
7
|
217 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
218 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
219 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
220 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
221 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
222 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
223 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
224 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
225 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
226 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
227 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
228 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
229 #endif
|
|
230 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
231 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
232 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
233 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
234 #endif
|
|
235 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
449
|
236 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
7
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
238 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
239 #endif
|
|
240 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
241
|
|
242 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
243 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
244
|
|
245 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
246 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
247 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
248 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
603
|
249 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
7
|
250
|
|
251 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
252 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
253 #endif
|
|
254
|
|
255 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
256
|
|
257 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
298
|
258 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
259 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
260 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
261 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
7
|
262 #endif
|
|
263
|
|
264 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
265 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
266 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
267
|
|
268 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
269 under the cursor */
|
|
270
|
|
271 /*
|
|
272 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
273 *
|
|
274 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
275 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
276 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
277 * 'R' replace command
|
|
278 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
279 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
280 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
281 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
282 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
283 *
|
|
284 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
285 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
286 *
|
|
287 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
288 */
|
|
289 int
|
|
290 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
291 int cmdchar;
|
|
292 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
293 long count;
|
|
294 {
|
|
295 int c = 0;
|
|
296 char_u *ptr;
|
|
297 int lastc;
|
|
298 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
299 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
300 int i;
|
|
301 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
302 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
303 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
304 #endif
|
|
305 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
306 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
307 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
308 #endif
|
|
309 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
310 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
477
|
311 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
7
|
312
|
603
|
313 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
314 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
315
|
7
|
316 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
317 * error message */
|
|
318 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
319
|
|
320 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
321 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
322 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
323 {
|
|
324 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
325 return FALSE;
|
|
326 }
|
|
327 #endif
|
632
|
328 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
329 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
634
|
330 if (textlock != 0)
|
632
|
331 {
|
|
332 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
333 return FALSE;
|
|
334 }
|
7
|
335
|
|
336 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
337 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
339
|
11
|
340 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
341 /*
|
|
342 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
343 */
|
|
344 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
345 {
|
532
|
346 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
11
|
347 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
348 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
349 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
350 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
351 else
|
|
352 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
353 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
532
|
354 # endif
|
11
|
355 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
356 }
|
|
357 #endif
|
|
358
|
7
|
359 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
360 /*
|
|
361 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
362 * where the paste started.
|
|
363 */
|
|
364 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
365 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
366 else
|
|
367 #endif
|
|
368 {
|
|
369 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
370 if (startln)
|
|
371 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
372 }
|
|
373 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
374 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
375 if (!did_ai)
|
|
376 ai_col = 0;
|
|
377
|
|
378 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
379 {
|
|
380 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
381 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
383 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
384 {
|
|
385 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
386 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
387 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
388 }
|
|
389 else
|
|
390 #endif
|
|
391 {
|
|
392 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
393 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
394 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
395 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
396 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
397 }
|
|
398 }
|
|
399
|
|
400 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
401 {
|
|
402 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
403 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
404 {
|
|
405 beep_flush();
|
|
406 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
407 State = INSERT;
|
|
408 }
|
|
409 else
|
|
410 #endif
|
|
411 State = REPLACE;
|
|
412 }
|
|
413 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
414 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
415 {
|
|
416 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
417 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
418 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
419 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
420 }
|
|
421 #endif
|
|
422 else
|
|
423 State = INSERT;
|
|
424
|
|
425 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
426
|
|
427 /*
|
|
428 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
429 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
430 */
|
|
431 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
432
|
|
433 /*
|
|
434 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
435 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
436 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
437 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
438 */
|
|
439 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
440 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
441 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
442 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
444
|
|
445 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
446 setmouse();
|
|
447 #endif
|
|
448 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
449 clear_showcmd();
|
|
450 #endif
|
|
451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
452 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
453 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
454 if (revins_on)
|
|
455 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
456 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
457 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
458 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
459 #endif
|
|
460
|
|
461 /*
|
|
462 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
463 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
464 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
465 */
|
|
466 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
467 {
|
|
468 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
469 /*
|
|
470 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
471 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
472 */
|
|
473 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
474 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
475 else
|
|
476 #endif
|
|
477 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
478 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
479
|
|
480 /*
|
|
481 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
482 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
483 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
484 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
485 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
486 */
|
|
487 validate_virtcol();
|
|
488 update_curswant();
|
230
|
489 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
7
|
490 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
491 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
492 {
|
|
493 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
494 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
496 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
497 {
|
474
|
498 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
499 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
500 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
501 }
|
|
502 #endif
|
|
503 }
|
230
|
504 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
7
|
505 }
|
|
506 else
|
|
507 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
508
|
|
509 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
510 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
511
|
|
512 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
513 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
514
|
|
515 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
516 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
517 #endif
|
|
518 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
519 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
520 #endif
|
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
522 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
523 * restarting. */
|
|
524 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
525 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
526 #endif
|
|
527
|
|
528 /*
|
|
529 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
530 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
531 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
532 */
|
|
533 i = 0;
|
644
|
534 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
7
|
535 i = showmode();
|
|
536
|
|
537 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
538 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
539
|
|
540 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
541 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
542 #endif
|
|
543 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
544 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
545 #endif
|
|
546
|
603
|
547 /*
|
|
548 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
549 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
550 */
|
7
|
551 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
552 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
553 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
554 else
|
|
555 {
|
|
556 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
557 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
558 }
|
|
559
|
|
560 old_indent = 0;
|
|
561
|
|
562 /*
|
|
563 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
564 */
|
|
565 for (;;)
|
|
566 {
|
|
567 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
568 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
569 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
570 else
|
|
571 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
572 #endif
|
|
573 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
574 count = 0;
|
|
575
|
|
576 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
577 {
|
|
578 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
579 count = 0;
|
|
580 goto doESCkey;
|
|
581 }
|
|
582
|
|
583 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
584 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
585 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
586
|
|
587 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
588 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
589 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
590 {
|
|
591 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
592 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
593 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
594 }
|
|
595
|
|
596 /*
|
|
597 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
598 */
|
|
599 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
600
|
|
601 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
602 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
603 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
604 * autocommand. */
|
|
605 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
606 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
607 #endif
|
|
608
|
|
609 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
610 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
611 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
612 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
613 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
614 if (!char_avail())
|
|
615 foldCheckClose();
|
|
616 #endif
|
|
617
|
|
618 /*
|
|
619 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
620 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
621 * redraw.
|
|
622 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
623 * something.
|
|
624 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
625 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
626 */
|
|
627 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
628 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
629 && !did_backspace
|
|
630 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
631 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
632 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
633 #endif
|
|
634 )
|
|
635 {
|
|
636 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
637 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
638
|
|
639 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
640 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
641 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
642 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
643 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
644 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
646 ))
|
|
647 {
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
649 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
650 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
651 else
|
|
652 #endif
|
|
653 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
654 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
655 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
656 else
|
|
657 #endif
|
|
658 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
659 }
|
|
660 }
|
|
661
|
|
662 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
663 update_topline();
|
|
664
|
|
665 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
666
|
|
667 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
668
|
|
669 /*
|
|
670 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
671 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
672 */
|
661
|
673 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
7
|
674
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
676 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
677 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
678 #endif
|
|
679
|
|
680 update_curswant();
|
|
681 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
683 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
684 #endif
|
|
685
|
|
686 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
687 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
688 #endif
|
|
689
|
|
690 /*
|
|
691 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
692 */
|
|
693 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
694 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
695
|
|
696 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
697 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
698 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
700 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
701 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
702 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
703 #endif
|
|
704
|
|
705 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
659
|
706 /*
|
|
707 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
708 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
709 */
|
|
710 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
711 {
|
|
712 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
713 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
836
|
714 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
715 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
|
657
|
716 continue;
|
|
717
|
659
|
718 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
719 if (!compl_used_match)
|
657
|
720 {
|
659
|
721 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
836
|
722 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
723 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
|
|
724 if (c == Ctrl_L
|
|
725 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
726 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
727 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
|
659
|
728 {
|
|
729 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
731 }
|
|
732
|
683
|
733 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
734 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
|
659
|
735 {
|
|
736 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
737 continue;
|
|
738 }
|
665
|
739
|
825
|
740 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. Shen
|
|
741 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
742 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
743 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
665
|
744 {
|
|
745 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
746 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
747 }
|
657
|
748 }
|
|
749 }
|
|
750
|
7
|
751 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
752 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
665
|
753 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
657
|
754 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
755 continue;
|
7
|
756 #endif
|
|
757
|
477
|
758 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
759 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
760 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
7
|
761 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
762 {
|
|
763 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
764 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
765 ++no_mapping;
|
|
766 ++allow_keys;
|
|
767 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
768 --no_mapping;
|
|
769 --allow_keys;
|
477
|
770 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
7
|
771 {
|
477
|
772 /* it's something else */
|
7
|
773 vungetc(c);
|
|
774 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
775 }
|
|
776 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
777 continue;
|
|
778 else
|
|
779 {
|
477
|
780 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
781 {
|
|
782 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
783 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
784 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
785 }
|
7
|
786 count = 0;
|
|
787 goto doESCkey;
|
|
788 }
|
|
789 }
|
|
790
|
|
791 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
792 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
793 #endif
|
|
794
|
|
795 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
796 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
797 goto docomplete;
|
|
798 #endif
|
|
799 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
800 {
|
|
801 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
802 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
803 continue;
|
|
804 }
|
|
805
|
|
806 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
807 if (cindent_on()
|
|
808 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
810 # endif
|
|
811 )
|
|
812 {
|
|
813 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
814 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
815 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
816 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
817 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
818 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
819 goto force_cindent;
|
|
820 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
821 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
822 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
823 }
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
825
|
|
826 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
827 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
828 switch (c)
|
|
829 {
|
|
830 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
831 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
832 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
833 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
834 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
835 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
836 }
|
|
837 #endif
|
|
838
|
|
839 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
840 /*
|
|
841 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
842 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
843 * characters.
|
|
844 */
|
|
845 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
846 continue;
|
|
847 #endif
|
|
848
|
|
849 /*
|
|
850 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
851 */
|
|
852 switch (c)
|
|
853 {
|
449
|
854 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
855 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
856 break;
|
|
857 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
858
|
449
|
859 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
860 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
861 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
862 {
|
|
863 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
864 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
865 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
866 goto doESCkey;
|
|
867 }
|
|
868 #endif
|
|
869
|
|
870 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
871 do_intr:
|
|
872 #endif
|
|
873 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
874 * Insert mode */
|
|
875 if (goto_im())
|
|
876 {
|
|
877 if (got_int)
|
|
878 {
|
|
879 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
880 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
881 }
|
|
882 else
|
|
883 vim_beep();
|
|
884 break;
|
|
885 }
|
|
886 doESCkey:
|
|
887 /*
|
|
888 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
889 */
|
|
890 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
891 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
230
|
892 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
7
|
893 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
894
|
477
|
895 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
11
|
896 {
|
|
897 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
898 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
899 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
900 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
901 #endif
|
7
|
902 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
11
|
903 }
|
7
|
904 continue;
|
|
905
|
449
|
906 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
907 if (!p_im)
|
|
908 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
909 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
910 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
911 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
912
|
|
913 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
502
|
914 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
523
|
915 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
449
|
916 goto docomplete;
|
|
917 #endif
|
|
918 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
919 break;
|
|
920 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
921 count = 0;
|
|
922 goto doESCkey;
|
|
923
|
464
|
924 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
925 case K_KINS:
|
|
926 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
927 break;
|
|
928
|
|
929 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
930 break;
|
|
931
|
449
|
932 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
933 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
934 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
935 goto doESCkey;
|
|
936 #endif
|
|
937
|
|
938 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
939 case K_F1:
|
|
940 case K_XF1:
|
|
941 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
942 if (p_im)
|
|
943 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
944 goto doESCkey;
|
|
945
|
|
946 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
947 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
948 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
949 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
950 --no_mapping;
|
|
951 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
952 break;
|
|
953 #endif
|
|
954
|
|
955 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
7
|
956 case NUL:
|
|
957 case Ctrl_A:
|
449
|
958 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
959 * error. */
|
7
|
960 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
961 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
962 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
963 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
964 break;
|
|
965
|
449
|
966 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
7
|
967 ins_reg();
|
|
968 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
969 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
970 break;
|
|
971
|
449
|
972 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
7
|
973 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
974 break;
|
|
975
|
449
|
976 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
977 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
7
|
978 break;
|
|
979
|
|
980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
449
|
981 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
7
|
982 if (!p_ari)
|
|
983 goto normalchar;
|
|
984 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
985 break;
|
|
986 #endif
|
|
987
|
449
|
988 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
7
|
989 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
990 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
991 goto docomplete;
|
|
992 #endif
|
|
993 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
994
|
449
|
995 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
7
|
996 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
997 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
998 {
|
449
|
999 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
1000 goto docomplete;
|
|
1001 break;
|
7
|
1002 }
|
|
1003 # endif
|
|
1004 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
1005 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1006 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
1008
|
449
|
1009 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
7
|
1010 case K_KDEL:
|
|
1011 ins_del();
|
|
1012 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1013 break;
|
|
1014
|
449
|
1015 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
7
|
1016 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
1017 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
1018 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1019 break;
|
|
1020
|
449
|
1021 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
7
|
1022 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
1023 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1024 break;
|
|
1025
|
449
|
1026 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
12
|
1027 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
1028 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
449
|
1029 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
12
|
1030 goto docomplete;
|
|
1031 # endif
|
7
|
1032 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
1033 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1034 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1035 break;
|
|
1036
|
|
1037 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
449
|
1038 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
7
|
1039 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
1040 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
1041 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
1042 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
1043 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
1044 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
1045 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
1046 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
1047 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
1048 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
1049 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
1050 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
1051 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
1052 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
1053 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
1054 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
1055 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
1056 break;
|
|
1057
|
449
|
1058 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
7
|
1059 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
1060 break;
|
|
1061
|
449
|
1062 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
7
|
1063 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
1064 break;
|
|
1065 #endif
|
692
|
1066 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
1067 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
1068 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
1069 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
1071 #endif
|
7
|
1072
|
449
|
1073 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
7
|
1074 break;
|
|
1075
|
661
|
1076 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
1077 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
1078 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
1079 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
1080 break;
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
1082
|
625
|
1083 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
1084 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
1085 * cancelled. */
|
|
1086 case K_F4:
|
|
1087 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
1088 goto normalchar;
|
|
1089 break;
|
|
1090 #endif
|
|
1091
|
7
|
1092 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
1093 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
1094 ins_scroll();
|
|
1095 break;
|
|
1096
|
|
1097 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
1098 ins_horscroll();
|
|
1099 break;
|
|
1100 #endif
|
|
1101
|
449
|
1102 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
7
|
1103 case K_KHOME:
|
|
1104 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
1105 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
1106 ins_home(c);
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
1108
|
449
|
1109 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
7
|
1110 case K_KEND:
|
|
1111 case K_S_END:
|
|
1112 case K_C_END:
|
|
1113 ins_end(c);
|
|
1114 break;
|
|
1115
|
449
|
1116 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
180
|
1117 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1118 ins_s_left();
|
|
1119 else
|
|
1120 ins_left();
|
7
|
1121 break;
|
|
1122
|
449
|
1123 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
7
|
1124 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
1125 ins_s_left();
|
|
1126 break;
|
|
1127
|
449
|
1128 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
180
|
1129 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1130 ins_s_right();
|
|
1131 else
|
|
1132 ins_right();
|
7
|
1133 break;
|
|
1134
|
449
|
1135 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
7
|
1136 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
1137 ins_s_right();
|
|
1138 break;
|
|
1139
|
449
|
1140 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
665
|
1141 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1142 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1143 goto docomplete;
|
|
1144 #endif
|
180
|
1145 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1146 ins_pageup();
|
|
1147 else
|
|
1148 ins_up(FALSE);
|
7
|
1149 break;
|
|
1150
|
449
|
1151 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
7
|
1152 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
1153 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
613
|
1154 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1155 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1156 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1157 #endif
|
7
|
1158 ins_pageup();
|
|
1159 break;
|
|
1160
|
449
|
1161 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
665
|
1162 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1163 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1164 goto docomplete;
|
|
1165 #endif
|
180
|
1166 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1167 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1168 else
|
|
1169 ins_down(FALSE);
|
7
|
1170 break;
|
|
1171
|
449
|
1172 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
7
|
1173 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
1174 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
613
|
1175 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1176 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1177 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1178 #endif
|
7
|
1179 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1180 break;
|
|
1181
|
|
1182 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
449
|
1183 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
7
|
1184 ins_drop();
|
|
1185 break;
|
|
1186 #endif
|
|
1187
|
449
|
1188 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
7
|
1189 c = TAB;
|
|
1190 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1191
|
449
|
1192 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
7
|
1193 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
1194 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
1195 goto docomplete;
|
|
1196 #endif
|
|
1197 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1198 if (ins_tab())
|
|
1199 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
1200 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1201 break;
|
|
1202
|
449
|
1203 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
7
|
1204 c = CAR;
|
|
1205 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1206 case CAR:
|
|
1207 case NL:
|
|
1208 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
1209 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
1210 * cursor. */
|
|
1211 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
1212 {
|
644
|
1213 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
1214 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
1215 else /* location list window */
|
|
1216 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
7
|
1217 break;
|
|
1218 }
|
|
1219 #endif
|
|
1220 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
1221 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
1222 {
|
|
1223 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
1224 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
1225 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1226 }
|
|
1227 #endif
|
|
1228 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
1229 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
1230 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1231 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1232 break;
|
|
1233
|
|
1234 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
449
|
1235 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
7
|
1236 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1237 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
1238 {
|
449
|
1239 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
1240 goto docomplete;
|
|
1241 break;
|
7
|
1242 }
|
|
1243 # endif
|
|
1244 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
1245 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
1246 if (c == NUL)
|
|
1247 break;
|
|
1248 # endif
|
|
1249 goto normalchar;
|
449
|
1250 #endif
|
7
|
1251
|
|
1252 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
464
|
1253 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1254 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
1255 break;
|
|
1256
|
449
|
1257 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1258 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
1259 goto normalchar;
|
|
1260 goto docomplete;
|
|
1261
|
449
|
1262 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1263 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
1264 goto normalchar;
|
|
1265 goto docomplete;
|
477
|
1266
|
|
1267 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
1268 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
1269 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
1270 goto normalchar;
|
|
1271 goto docomplete;
|
7
|
1272 #endif
|
|
1273
|
449
|
1274 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1275 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1276 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
1277 #endif
|
|
1278 {
|
|
1279 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
1280 if (p_im)
|
|
1281 {
|
|
1282 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
1283 break;
|
|
1284 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1285 }
|
|
1286 goto normalchar;
|
|
1287 }
|
|
1288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1289 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1290
|
449
|
1291 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
7
|
1292 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
1293 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
1294 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
1295 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
1296 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
449
|
1297 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
7
|
1298 goto normalchar;
|
|
1299
|
|
1300 docomplete:
|
|
1301 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
449
|
1302 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
1303 break;
|
|
1304 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
1305
|
449
|
1306 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
1307 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
1308 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
7
|
1309 break;
|
|
1310
|
|
1311 default:
|
|
1312 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
1313 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
1314 goto do_intr;
|
|
1315 #endif
|
|
1316
|
|
1317 /*
|
|
1318 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
1319 */
|
|
1320 normalchar:
|
|
1321 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
1322 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
1323 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
1324 #endif
|
|
1325
|
|
1326 if (c == ' ')
|
|
1327 {
|
|
1328 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
1329 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1330 if (inindent(0))
|
|
1331 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
1333 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
1334 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
1335 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
1336 }
|
|
1337
|
|
1338 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1340 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
1341 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
1342 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
1343 #endif
|
|
1344 c))
|
|
1345 {
|
|
1346 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1348 revins_legal++;
|
|
1349 revins_chars++;
|
|
1350 #endif
|
|
1351 }
|
|
1352
|
|
1353 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1354
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
1356 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
1357 * closed fold. */
|
|
1358 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
1359 #endif
|
|
1360 break;
|
|
1361 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
1362
|
|
1363 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
1364 if (arrow_used)
|
|
1365 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1366
|
|
1367 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1368 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
1369 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1370 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
1371 # endif
|
|
1372 )
|
|
1373 {
|
|
1374 force_cindent:
|
|
1375 /*
|
|
1376 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
1377 */
|
|
1378 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
1379 {
|
|
1380 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
1381 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
1382 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
1383 }
|
|
1384 }
|
|
1385 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
1386
|
|
1387 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
1388 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
1389 }
|
|
1390
|
|
1391 /*
|
|
1392 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
1393 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
1394 * option work correctly.
|
|
1395 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
1396 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
1397 */
|
661
|
1398 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
7
|
1399 static void
|
661
|
1400 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
1401 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
7
|
1402 {
|
|
1403 if (!char_avail())
|
|
1404 {
|
661
|
1405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
794
|
1406 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
1407 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
661
|
1408 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
794
|
1409 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
1410 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1411 && !pum_visible()
|
|
1412 # endif
|
|
1413 )
|
661
|
1414 {
|
|
1415 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
1416 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
1417 }
|
|
1418 #endif
|
7
|
1419 if (must_redraw)
|
|
1420 update_screen(0);
|
|
1421 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
1422 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
1423 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
1424 setcursor();
|
|
1425 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
1426 }
|
|
1427 }
|
|
1428
|
|
1429 /*
|
|
1430 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
1431 */
|
|
1432 static void
|
|
1433 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
1434 {
|
|
1435 int c;
|
|
1436
|
|
1437 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
1438 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
1439
|
|
1440 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
1441 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
1442 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
1443
|
|
1444 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1445 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
1446 #endif
|
|
1447
|
|
1448 c = get_literal();
|
|
1449 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1450 clear_showcmd();
|
|
1451 #endif
|
|
1452 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1453 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1454 revins_chars++;
|
|
1455 revins_legal++;
|
|
1456 #endif
|
|
1457 }
|
|
1458
|
|
1459 /*
|
|
1460 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
1461 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
1462 */
|
|
1463 static int pc_status;
|
|
1464 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
1465 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1466 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1467 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
1468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1469 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1470 #else
|
|
1471 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1472 #endif
|
|
1473 static int pc_attr;
|
|
1474 static int pc_row;
|
|
1475 static int pc_col;
|
|
1476
|
|
1477 void
|
|
1478 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
1479 int c;
|
|
1480 int highlight;
|
|
1481 {
|
|
1482 int attr;
|
|
1483
|
|
1484 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
1485 {
|
|
1486 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
1487 validate_cursor();
|
|
1488 if (highlight)
|
|
1489 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
1490 else
|
|
1491 attr = 0;
|
|
1492 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
1493 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
1494 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1495 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
1496 #endif
|
|
1497 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1498 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
1499 {
|
|
1500 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1501 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1502 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1503 {
|
|
1504 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
1505
|
|
1506 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
1507 {
|
|
1508 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
1509 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1510 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
1511 }
|
|
1512 }
|
|
1513 # endif
|
|
1514 }
|
|
1515 else
|
|
1516 #endif
|
|
1517 {
|
|
1518 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1520 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
1521 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
1522 #endif
|
|
1523 }
|
|
1524
|
|
1525 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
1526 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1527 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
1528 #endif
|
|
1529 {
|
|
1530 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
1531 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
1532 }
|
|
1533 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
1534 }
|
|
1535 }
|
|
1536
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
1538 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
1539 */
|
|
1540 void
|
|
1541 edit_unputchar()
|
|
1542 {
|
|
1543 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
1544 {
|
|
1545 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1546 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
1547 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1548 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
1549 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1550 else
|
|
1551 #endif
|
|
1552 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
1553 }
|
|
1554 }
|
|
1555
|
|
1556 /*
|
|
1557 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
1558 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
1559 */
|
|
1560 void
|
|
1561 display_dollar(col)
|
|
1562 colnr_T col;
|
|
1563 {
|
|
1564 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
1565
|
|
1566 if (!redrawing())
|
|
1567 return;
|
|
1568
|
|
1569 cursor_off();
|
|
1570 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1571 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
1572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1573 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1574 {
|
|
1575 char_u *p;
|
|
1576
|
|
1577 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
1578 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1579 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
1580 }
|
|
1581 #endif
|
|
1582 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
1583 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
1584 {
|
|
1585 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
1586 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
1587 }
|
|
1588 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
1589 }
|
|
1590
|
|
1591 /*
|
|
1592 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
1593 * in insert mode.
|
|
1594 */
|
|
1595 static void
|
|
1596 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
1597 {
|
|
1598 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
1599 {
|
|
1600 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
1601 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1602 }
|
|
1603 }
|
|
1604
|
|
1605 /*
|
|
1606 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
1607 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
1608 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
1609 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
1610 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
1611 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
1612 */
|
|
1613 void
|
|
1614 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
1615 int type;
|
|
1616 int amount;
|
|
1617 int round;
|
|
1618 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1619 {
|
|
1620 int vcol;
|
|
1621 int last_vcol;
|
|
1622 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
1623 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
1624 int i;
|
|
1625 char_u *ptr;
|
|
1626 int save_p_list;
|
|
1627 int start_col;
|
|
1628 colnr_T vc;
|
|
1629 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1630 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1631 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1632
|
|
1633 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
1634 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1635 {
|
|
1636 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
1637 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1638 }
|
|
1639 #endif
|
|
1640
|
|
1641 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
1642 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
1643 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
1644 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
1645 vcol = vc;
|
|
1646
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
1648 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
1649 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
1650 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
1651 */
|
|
1652 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1653
|
|
1654 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
1655 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1656 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
1657 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1658
|
|
1659 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1660
|
|
1661 /*
|
|
1662 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
1663 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
1664 */
|
|
1665 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
1666 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1667
|
|
1668 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
1669 start_col = -1;
|
|
1670
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
1672 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
1673 */
|
|
1674 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1675 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
1676 else
|
|
1677 {
|
|
1678 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1679 int save_State = State;
|
|
1680
|
|
1681 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
1682 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1683 State = INSERT;
|
|
1684 #endif
|
|
1685 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
1686 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1687 State = save_State;
|
|
1688 #endif
|
|
1689 }
|
|
1690 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1691
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
1693 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
1694 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
1695 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
1696 * non-blank character.
|
|
1697 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
1698 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
1699 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
1700 */
|
|
1701 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
1702 {
|
|
1703 /*
|
|
1704 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
1705 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1706 */
|
|
1707 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
1708 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1709 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1710 }
|
|
1711 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
1712 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1713 else
|
|
1714 {
|
|
1715 /*
|
|
1716 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
1717 */
|
|
1718 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1719 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
1720
|
|
1721 /*
|
|
1722 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
1723 */
|
|
1724 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
1725 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
1726 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1727 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1728 {
|
|
1729 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
1730 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1731 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
474
|
1732 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
7
|
1733 else
|
|
1734 #endif
|
|
1735 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
1736 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
1737 }
|
|
1738 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
1739
|
|
1740 /*
|
|
1741 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
1742 * the right screen column.
|
|
1743 */
|
|
1744 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1745 {
|
|
1746 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1747 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
1748 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
1749 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
1750 {
|
|
1751 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
1752 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
1753 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
1754 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
1755 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
1756 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
1757 }
|
|
1758 }
|
|
1759
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
1761 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
1762 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1763 */
|
|
1764 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1765 }
|
|
1766
|
|
1767 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
1768
|
|
1769 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
1770 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
1771 else
|
|
1772 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1773 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
1774 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
1775
|
|
1776 /*
|
|
1777 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
1778 */
|
|
1779 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
1780 {
|
|
1781 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
1782 {
|
|
1783 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1784 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
1785 else
|
|
1786 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1787 }
|
|
1788 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1789 ai_col = 0;
|
|
1790 else
|
|
1791 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1792 }
|
|
1793
|
|
1794 /*
|
|
1795 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
1796 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
1797 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
1798 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
1799 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
1800 */
|
|
1801 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
1802 {
|
|
1803 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
1804 {
|
|
1805 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1806 --start_col;
|
|
1807 }
|
|
1808 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
1809 {
|
|
1810 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
1811 if (replaced)
|
|
1812 {
|
|
1813 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
1814 replaced = NUL;
|
|
1815 }
|
|
1816 ++start_col;
|
|
1817 }
|
|
1818 }
|
|
1819
|
|
1820 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1821 /*
|
|
1822 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
1823 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
1824 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
1825 */
|
|
1826 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1827 {
|
|
1828 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
1829 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
1830 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
1831 return;
|
|
1832
|
|
1833 /* Save new line */
|
|
1834 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
1835 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
1836 return;
|
|
1837
|
|
1838 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
1839 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
1840
|
|
1841 /* Put back original line */
|
|
1842 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
1843 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
1844
|
|
1845 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
1846 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
1847
|
|
1848 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
1849 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
1850
|
|
1851 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
1852 }
|
|
1853 #endif
|
|
1854 }
|
|
1855
|
|
1856 /*
|
|
1857 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
1858 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1859 * modes.
|
|
1860 */
|
|
1861 void
|
|
1862 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
1863 char_u *line;
|
|
1864 {
|
|
1865 int i;
|
|
1866
|
|
1867 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
1868 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
1869 {
|
|
1870 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1871 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1872 }
|
|
1873 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
1874 }
|
|
1875
|
|
1876 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
1877 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1878 /*
|
|
1879 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1880 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1881 */
|
|
1882 void
|
|
1883 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
1884 int col;
|
|
1885 {
|
|
1886 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
1887 {
|
|
1888 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
1889 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1890 replace_do_bs();
|
|
1891 else
|
|
1892 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
1893 }
|
|
1894 }
|
|
1895 #endif
|
|
1896
|
|
1897 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1898 /*
|
449
|
1899 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
1900 */
|
|
1901 static void
|
|
1902 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
1903 {
|
|
1904 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
1905 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
1906 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
1907 {
|
|
1908 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
1909 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
1910 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
665
|
1911 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
449
|
1912 else
|
|
1913 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
1914 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
1915 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
1916 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
1917 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
1918 showmode();
|
|
1919 }
|
|
1920 }
|
|
1921
|
|
1922 /*
|
|
1923 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
1924 */
|
|
1925 static int
|
|
1926 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
1927 int dict_opt;
|
|
1928 {
|
703
|
1929 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
744
|
1930 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
1931 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
1932 # endif
|
|
1933 )
|
449
|
1934 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
1935 {
|
|
1936 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
1937 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
1938 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
1939 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
1940 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
1941 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
1942 {
|
|
1943 vim_beep();
|
|
1944 setcursor();
|
|
1945 out_flush();
|
|
1946 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
1947 }
|
|
1948 return FALSE;
|
|
1949 }
|
|
1950 return TRUE;
|
|
1951 }
|
|
1952
|
|
1953 /*
|
7
|
1954 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
1955 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
1956 */
|
|
1957 int
|
|
1958 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
1959 int c;
|
|
1960 {
|
|
1961 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
1962 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
1963 return TRUE;
|
|
1964
|
610
|
1965 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
644
|
1966 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
610
|
1967 return TRUE;
|
|
1968
|
7
|
1969 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
1970 {
|
|
1971 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1972 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
1973 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
449
|
1974 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
7
|
1975 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
1976 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
1977 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
477
|
1978 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
1979 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
7
|
1980 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
1981 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
1982 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
1983 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1984 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
1985 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1986 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
1987 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1988 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
1989 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1990 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
1991 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1992 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
1993 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
1994 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1995 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
1996 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1997 #endif
|
|
1998 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
1999 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
2000 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
12
|
2001 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
2002 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
449
|
2003 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
523
|
2004 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
449
|
2005 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
502
|
2006 #endif
|
477
|
2007 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
2008 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
7
|
2009 }
|
|
2010 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
2011 return FALSE;
|
|
2012 }
|
|
2013
|
|
2014 /*
|
659
|
2015 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
7
|
2016 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
2017 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
2018 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
449
|
2019 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
7
|
2020 */
|
|
2021 int
|
681
|
2022 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
2023 char_u *str;
|
|
2024 int len;
|
681
|
2025 int icase;
|
7
|
2026 char_u *fname;
|
|
2027 int dir;
|
464
|
2028 int flags;
|
7
|
2029 {
|
|
2030 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
2031 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
2032 int idx;
|
|
2033
|
|
2034 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
2035 {
|
|
2036 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
2037 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
419
|
2038 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
7
|
2039
|
|
2040 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
449
|
2041 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
2042 {
|
|
2043 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
7
|
2044 {
|
|
2045 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
2046 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
2047 {
|
|
2048 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
449
|
2049 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
2050 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
2051 break;
|
|
2052 }
|
|
2053 }
|
|
2054 }
|
|
2055
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
2057 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
2058 * upper case.
|
|
2059 */
|
|
2060 if (!has_lower)
|
|
2061 {
|
449
|
2062 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
7
|
2063 {
|
449
|
2064 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
7
|
2065 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
2066 {
|
|
2067 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
449
|
2068 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
2069 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
2070 break;
|
|
2071 }
|
449
|
2072 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
7
|
2073 }
|
|
2074 }
|
|
2075
|
|
2076 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
449
|
2077 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
7
|
2078
|
786
|
2079 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
2080 }
|
|
2081 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
7
|
2082 }
|
|
2083
|
|
2084 /*
|
|
2085 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
2086 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
464
|
2087 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
681
|
2088 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
7
|
2089 */
|
464
|
2090 int
|
786
|
2091 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags)
|
7
|
2092 char_u *str;
|
|
2093 int len;
|
681
|
2094 int icase;
|
7
|
2095 char_u *fname;
|
786
|
2096 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
659
|
2097 int cdir;
|
464
|
2098 int flags;
|
7
|
2099 {
|
464
|
2100 compl_T *match;
|
659
|
2101 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
7
|
2102
|
|
2103 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
2104 if (got_int)
|
464
|
2105 return FAIL;
|
7
|
2106 if (len < 0)
|
|
2107 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
2108
|
|
2109 /*
|
|
2110 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
2111 */
|
449
|
2112 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
2113 {
|
|
2114 match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2115 do
|
|
2116 {
|
464
|
2117 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
681
|
2118 && ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
464
|
2119 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
2120 return NOTDONE;
|
|
2121 match = match->cp_next;
|
449
|
2122 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
7
|
2123 }
|
|
2124
|
540
|
2125 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
2126 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2127
|
7
|
2128 /*
|
|
2129 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
2130 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
2131 */
|
659
|
2132 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
7
|
2133 if (match == NULL)
|
464
|
2134 return FAIL;
|
|
2135 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
2136 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
2137 match->cp_number = 0;
|
694
|
2138 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
7
|
2139 {
|
|
2140 vim_free(match);
|
464
|
2141 return FAIL;
|
7
|
2142 }
|
681
|
2143 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
659
|
2144
|
7
|
2145 /* match-fname is:
|
464
|
2146 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
7
|
2147 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
2148 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
659
|
2149 if (fname != NULL
|
829
|
2150 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
659
|
2151 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
2152 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
464
|
2153 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
659
|
2154 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
2155 {
|
|
2156 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
464
|
2157 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
659
|
2158 }
|
7
|
2159 else
|
464
|
2160 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
2161 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
786
|
2162
|
|
2163 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
2164 {
|
|
2165 int i;
|
|
2166
|
|
2167 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
2168 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
2169 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
2170 }
|
7
|
2171
|
|
2172 /*
|
|
2173 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
2174 */
|
449
|
2175 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
464
|
2176 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
7
|
2177 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
2178 {
|
464
|
2179 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2180 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
7
|
2181 }
|
|
2182 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
2183 {
|
464
|
2184 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
2185 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
2186 }
|
|
2187 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
2188 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
2189 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
2190 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
7
|
2191 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
449
|
2192 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
2193 compl_curr_match = match;
|
7
|
2194
|
665
|
2195 /*
|
|
2196 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
2197 */
|
|
2198 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
2199 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
2200
|
7
|
2201 return OK;
|
|
2202 }
|
|
2203
|
|
2204 /*
|
681
|
2205 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
2206 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
2207 */
|
|
2208 static int
|
|
2209 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
2210 compl_T *match;
|
|
2211 char_u *str;
|
|
2212 int len;
|
|
2213 {
|
|
2214 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
2215 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
2216 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
2217 }
|
|
2218
|
|
2219 /*
|
665
|
2220 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
2221 */
|
|
2222 static void
|
|
2223 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
2224 compl_T *match;
|
|
2225 {
|
|
2226 char_u *p, *s;
|
681
|
2227 int c1, c2;
|
665
|
2228 int had_match;
|
|
2229
|
|
2230 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
2231 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
2232 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
2233 else
|
|
2234 {
|
|
2235 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
681
|
2236 p = compl_leader;
|
|
2237 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
2238 while (*p != NUL)
|
665
|
2239 {
|
|
2240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2241 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2242 {
|
681
|
2243 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
2244 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
665
|
2245 }
|
|
2246 else
|
|
2247 #endif
|
|
2248 {
|
681
|
2249 c1 = *p;
|
|
2250 c2 = *s;
|
|
2251 }
|
|
2252 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
2253 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
2254 break;
|
|
2255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2256 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2257 {
|
|
2258 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
2259 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
2260 }
|
|
2261 else
|
|
2262 #endif
|
|
2263 {
|
|
2264 ++p;
|
|
2265 ++s;
|
665
|
2266 }
|
|
2267 }
|
|
2268
|
|
2269 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
2270 {
|
|
2271 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
2272 *p = NUL;
|
|
2273 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
2274 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2275 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2276 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
2277
|
|
2278 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
2279 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
2280 if (!had_match)
|
|
2281 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2282 }
|
|
2283
|
|
2284 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
2285 }
|
|
2286 }
|
|
2287
|
|
2288 /*
|
7
|
2289 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
2290 * Frees matches[].
|
|
2291 */
|
|
2292 static void
|
681
|
2293 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
7
|
2294 int num_matches;
|
|
2295 char_u **matches;
|
681
|
2296 int icase;
|
7
|
2297 {
|
|
2298 int i;
|
|
2299 int add_r = OK;
|
659
|
2300 int dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
2301
|
464
|
2302 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
681
|
2303 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
786
|
2304 NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
7
|
2305 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
659
|
2306 dir = FORWARD;
|
7
|
2307 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
2308 }
|
|
2309
|
|
2310 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
2311 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
2312 */
|
|
2313 static int
|
|
2314 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
2315 {
|
464
|
2316 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2317 int count = 0;
|
|
2318
|
449
|
2319 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2320 {
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
2322 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
2323 */
|
449
|
2324 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
2325 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
464
|
2326 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
2327 {
|
|
2328 match = match->cp_next;
|
7
|
2329 ++count;
|
|
2330 }
|
464
|
2331 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
2332 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
7
|
2333 }
|
|
2334 return count;
|
|
2335 }
|
|
2336
|
724
|
2337 /*
|
|
2338 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
2339 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
2340 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
2341 */
|
|
2342 void
|
|
2343 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
2344 int startcol;
|
|
2345 list_T *list;
|
|
2346 {
|
|
2347 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
2348 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
2349 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
2350 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
2351
|
|
2352 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
2353 return;
|
|
2354
|
744
|
2355 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
724
|
2356 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2357 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
2358 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
|
|
2359 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
2360 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
2361 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
786
|
2362 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
724
|
2363 return;
|
|
2364
|
|
2365 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
2366 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
2367
|
|
2368 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
2369 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
2370 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
2371 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
2372
|
|
2373 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
2374 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
2375 out_flush();
|
|
2376 }
|
|
2377
|
|
2378
|
574
|
2379 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
2380 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
659
|
2381 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
540
|
2382 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2383
|
|
2384 /*
|
|
2385 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
2386 */
|
|
2387 static void
|
|
2388 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
2389 {
|
|
2390 int h;
|
|
2391
|
|
2392 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2393 {
|
|
2394 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
2395 update_screen(0);
|
|
2396 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
2397 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2398 }
|
|
2399 }
|
|
2400
|
|
2401 /*
|
|
2402 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
2403 */
|
|
2404 static void
|
|
2405 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
2406 {
|
|
2407 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2408 {
|
|
2409 pum_undisplay();
|
|
2410 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
2411 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
2412 }
|
|
2413 }
|
|
2414
|
|
2415 /*
|
|
2416 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
2417 */
|
|
2418 static int
|
|
2419 pum_wanted()
|
|
2420 {
|
707
|
2421 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
665
|
2422 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
540
|
2423 return FALSE;
|
|
2424
|
|
2425 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
2426 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
2427 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
2428 && !gui.in_use
|
|
2429 #endif
|
|
2430 )
|
|
2431 return FALSE;
|
657
|
2432 return TRUE;
|
|
2433 }
|
|
2434
|
|
2435 /*
|
|
2436 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
707
|
2437 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
657
|
2438 */
|
|
2439 static int
|
707
|
2440 pum_enough_matches()
|
657
|
2441 {
|
|
2442 compl_T *compl;
|
|
2443 int i;
|
540
|
2444
|
|
2445 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
2446 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
2447 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2448 i = 0;
|
|
2449 do
|
|
2450 {
|
|
2451 if (compl == NULL
|
|
2452 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
2453 break;
|
|
2454 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2455 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2456
|
707
|
2457 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
2458 return (i >= 1);
|
540
|
2459 return (i >= 2);
|
|
2460 }
|
|
2461
|
|
2462 /*
|
|
2463 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
659
|
2464 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
540
|
2465 */
|
648
|
2466 void
|
540
|
2467 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
2468 {
|
|
2469 compl_T *compl;
|
659
|
2470 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
2471 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
2472 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
540
|
2473 int i;
|
|
2474 int cur = -1;
|
|
2475 colnr_T col;
|
657
|
2476 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
2477
|
707
|
2478 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
540
|
2479 return;
|
|
2480
|
794
|
2481 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
2482 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
2483 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
2484 #endif
|
|
2485
|
540
|
2486 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
2487 update_screen(0);
|
|
2488
|
|
2489 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
2490 {
|
|
2491 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
2492 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
2493 compl = compl_first_match;
|
657
|
2494 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
835
|
2495 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
540
|
2496 do
|
|
2497 {
|
657
|
2498 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
2499 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
681
|
2500 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
540
|
2501 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2502 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2503 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
657
|
2504 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
2505 return;
|
659
|
2506 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
2507 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
540
|
2508 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
2509 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2510 {
|
829
|
2511 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
2512 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
2513 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
2514 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2515
|
540
|
2516 i = 0;
|
|
2517 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2518 do
|
|
2519 {
|
657
|
2520 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
2521 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
681
|
2522 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
540
|
2523 {
|
659
|
2524 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
2525 {
|
|
2526 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
2527 {
|
|
2528 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
2529 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
2530 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
2531 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
2532 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2533 }
|
|
2534 else
|
|
2535 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
2536 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
2537 shown_compl = compl;
|
540
|
2538 cur = i;
|
659
|
2539 }
|
786
|
2540
|
|
2541 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
2542 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
2543 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
2544 else
|
|
2545 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
2546 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
2547 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
2548 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
2549 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
2550 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
659
|
2551 else
|
|
2552 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
2553 }
|
|
2554
|
|
2555 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
2556 {
|
|
2557 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
716
|
2558
|
|
2559 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
2560 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
2561 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
2562 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2563
|
659
|
2564 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
2565 {
|
|
2566 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
2567 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
2568 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
2569 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2570 }
|
540
|
2571 }
|
|
2572 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2573 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
659
|
2574
|
|
2575 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
2576 cur = -1;
|
540
|
2577 }
|
|
2578 }
|
|
2579 else
|
|
2580 {
|
|
2581 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
657
|
2582 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
786
|
2583 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
2584 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
2585 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
829
|
2586 {
|
|
2587 cur = i;
|
657
|
2588 break;
|
829
|
2589 }
|
540
|
2590 }
|
|
2591
|
|
2592 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2593 {
|
|
2594 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
2595 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
2596 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2597 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
732
|
2598 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
540
|
2599 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
2600 }
|
|
2601 }
|
|
2602
|
7
|
2603 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
2604 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
648
|
2605
|
7
|
2606 /*
|
703
|
2607 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
2608 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
7
|
2609 */
|
|
2610 static void
|
703
|
2611 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
2612 char_u *dict_start;
|
7
|
2613 char_u *pat;
|
667
|
2614 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
703
|
2615 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
2616 {
|
|
2617 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
7
|
2618 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2619 char_u *buf;
|
|
2620 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
2621 char_u **files;
|
|
2622 int count;
|
|
2623 int i;
|
|
2624 int save_p_scs;
|
659
|
2625 int dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
2626
|
703
|
2627 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
2628 {
|
744
|
2629 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
703
|
2630 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
2631 * "spell". */
|
|
2632 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
2633 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
2634 else
|
|
2635 #endif
|
|
2636 return;
|
|
2637 }
|
|
2638
|
7
|
2639 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
703
|
2640 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
2641 return;
|
|
2642
|
7
|
2643 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
2644 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
2645 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
2646 p_scs = FALSE;
|
667
|
2647
|
|
2648 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
2649 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
2650 * pattern. */
|
|
2651 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2652 {
|
835
|
2653 i = (int)STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
667
|
2654 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
2655 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
2656 return;
|
|
2657 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
2658 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
2659 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
2660 }
|
|
2661 else
|
703
|
2662 {
|
667
|
2663 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
703
|
2664 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
2665 goto theend;
|
|
2666 }
|
667
|
2667
|
7
|
2668 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
2669 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
703
|
2670 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
7
|
2671 {
|
|
2672 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
2673 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2674 {
|
|
2675 count = 1;
|
|
2676 files = &dict;
|
|
2677 }
|
|
2678 else
|
|
2679 {
|
|
2680 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
2681 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
2682 * a modeline). */
|
|
2683 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
744
|
2684 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
703
|
2685 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
2686 count = -1;
|
744
|
2687 else
|
|
2688 # endif
|
|
2689 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
7
|
2690 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
2691 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
2692 count = 0;
|
|
2693 }
|
|
2694
|
744
|
2695 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
703
|
2696 if (count == -1)
|
|
2697 {
|
712
|
2698 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
2699 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
703
|
2700 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
2701 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
2702 else
|
|
2703 ptr = pat;
|
|
2704 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
2705 }
|
|
2706 else
|
744
|
2707 # endif
|
703
|
2708 {
|
|
2709 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
2710 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
7
|
2711 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
703
|
2712 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
2713 }
|
|
2714 if (flags != 0)
|
7
|
2715 break;
|
|
2716 }
|
703
|
2717
|
|
2718 theend:
|
7
|
2719 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
2720 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
2721 vim_free(buf);
|
|
2722 }
|
|
2723
|
703
|
2724 static void
|
|
2725 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
2726 int count;
|
|
2727 char_u **files;
|
|
2728 int thesaurus;
|
|
2729 int flags;
|
|
2730 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
2731 char_u *buf;
|
|
2732 int *dir;
|
|
2733 {
|
|
2734 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2735 int i;
|
|
2736 FILE *fp;
|
|
2737 int add_r;
|
|
2738
|
|
2739 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
2740 {
|
|
2741 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
2742 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2743 {
|
|
2744 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
2745 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
2746 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2747 }
|
|
2748
|
|
2749 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
2750 {
|
|
2751 /*
|
|
2752 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
2753 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
2754 */
|
|
2755 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
2756 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
2757 {
|
|
2758 ptr = buf;
|
|
2759 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
2760 {
|
|
2761 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
2762 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2763 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
2764 else
|
|
2765 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2766 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
2767 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
732
|
2768 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
703
|
2769 if (thesaurus)
|
|
2770 {
|
|
2771 char_u *wstart;
|
|
2772
|
|
2773 /*
|
|
2774 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
2775 */
|
|
2776 while (!got_int)
|
|
2777 {
|
|
2778 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
2779 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
2780 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
2781 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
2782 break;
|
|
2783 wstart = ptr;
|
|
2784
|
|
2785 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
2786 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2787 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2788 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
2789 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
2790 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
2791 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2792 {
|
|
2793 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
2794
|
|
2795 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2796 break;
|
|
2797 ptr += l;
|
|
2798 }
|
|
2799 else
|
|
2800 #endif
|
|
2801 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2802 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
2803 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
2804 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
2805 }
|
|
2806 }
|
|
2807 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
2808 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2809 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
2810 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
2811 break;
|
|
2812 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
2813 * of line */
|
|
2814 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
2815 break;
|
|
2816 }
|
|
2817 line_breakcheck();
|
|
2818 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
2819 }
|
|
2820 fclose(fp);
|
|
2821 }
|
|
2822 }
|
|
2823 }
|
|
2824
|
7
|
2825 /*
|
|
2826 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
2827 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
2828 */
|
|
2829 char_u *
|
|
2830 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
2831 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2832 {
|
|
2833 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2834 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2835 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
474
|
2836 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2837 else
|
|
2838 #endif
|
|
2839 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2840 ++ptr;
|
|
2841 return ptr;
|
|
2842 }
|
|
2843
|
|
2844 /*
|
|
2845 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
2846 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
2847 */
|
|
2848 char_u *
|
|
2849 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
2850 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2851 {
|
|
2852 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2853 int start_class;
|
|
2854
|
|
2855 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2856 {
|
|
2857 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
2858 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
2859 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2860 {
|
474
|
2861 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2862 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
2863 break;
|
|
2864 }
|
|
2865 }
|
|
2866 else
|
|
2867 #endif
|
|
2868 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2869 ++ptr;
|
|
2870 return ptr;
|
|
2871 }
|
|
2872
|
|
2873 /*
|
667
|
2874 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
2875 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
2876 */
|
|
2877 static char_u *
|
|
2878 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
2879 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2880 {
|
|
2881 char_u *s;
|
|
2882
|
|
2883 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
2884 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
2885 --s;
|
|
2886 return s;
|
|
2887 }
|
|
2888
|
|
2889 /*
|
7
|
2890 * Free the list of completions
|
|
2891 */
|
|
2892 static void
|
|
2893 ins_compl_free()
|
|
2894 {
|
464
|
2895 compl_T *match;
|
786
|
2896 int i;
|
7
|
2897
|
449
|
2898 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2899 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
657
|
2900 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2901 compl_leader = NULL;
|
449
|
2902
|
|
2903 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
7
|
2904 return;
|
540
|
2905
|
|
2906 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2907 pum_clear();
|
|
2908
|
449
|
2909 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2910 do
|
|
2911 {
|
449
|
2912 match = compl_curr_match;
|
464
|
2913 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2914 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
7
|
2915 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
464
|
2916 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
2917 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
786
|
2918 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
2919 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
7
|
2920 vim_free(match);
|
449
|
2921 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
2922 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
7
|
2923 }
|
|
2924
|
|
2925 static void
|
|
2926 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
2927 {
|
449
|
2928 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2929 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2930 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
2931 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2932 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
657
|
2933 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2934 compl_leader = NULL;
|
7
|
2935 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
724
|
2936 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
2937 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
825
|
2938 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
7
|
2939 }
|
|
2940
|
|
2941 /*
|
674
|
2942 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
2943 */
|
|
2944 int
|
|
2945 ins_compl_active()
|
|
2946 {
|
|
2947 return compl_started;
|
|
2948 }
|
|
2949
|
|
2950 /*
|
659
|
2951 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
2952 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
836
|
2953 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
2954 * to be got from the user.
|
657
|
2955 */
|
|
2956 static int
|
|
2957 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
2958 {
|
|
2959 char_u *line;
|
|
2960 char_u *p;
|
|
2961
|
836
|
2962 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
2963 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2964 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
2965
|
|
2966 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. */
|
|
2967 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col <= 0)
|
|
2968 return K_BS;
|
|
2969
|
657
|
2970 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
2971 {
|
|
2972 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
2973 * matches all over again. */
|
|
2974 ins_compl_free();
|
|
2975 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2976 compl_matches = 0;
|
829
|
2977 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2978 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
657
|
2979 }
|
|
2980
|
|
2981 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
835
|
2982 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
657
|
2983 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
2984 {
|
|
2985 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2986 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2987 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2988
|
694
|
2989 if (compl_started)
|
|
2990 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
2991 else
|
657
|
2992 {
|
826
|
2993 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
2994 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
2995 #endif
|
657
|
2996 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
2997 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
2998 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2999 else
|
|
3000 {
|
|
3001 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
3002 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3003 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
3004 }
|
|
3005 }
|
|
3006
|
829
|
3007 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
3008 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
3009 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
3010 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
3011 else
|
|
3012 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
3013 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
3014 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
3015
|
657
|
3016 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
3017 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
3018 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
825
|
3019 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
657
|
3020
|
836
|
3021 return NUL;
|
|
3022 }
|
|
3023 return K_BS;
|
657
|
3024 }
|
|
3025
|
|
3026 /*
|
|
3027 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
3028 * matches.
|
|
3029 */
|
|
3030 static void
|
|
3031 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
3032 int c;
|
|
3033 {
|
|
3034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3035 int cc;
|
|
3036
|
|
3037 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
3038 {
|
|
3039 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
3040
|
|
3041 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
3042 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
3043 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
3044 }
|
|
3045 else
|
|
3046 #endif
|
|
3047 ins_char(c);
|
|
3048
|
|
3049 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
3050 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
3051 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
3052 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
3053 {
|
|
3054 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
3055 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
3056 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
3057 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
825
|
3058 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
694
|
3059 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
3060 }
|
|
3061 }
|
|
3062
|
|
3063 /*
|
|
3064 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
3065 */
|
|
3066 static void
|
|
3067 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
3068 char_u *str;
|
|
3069 {
|
|
3070 char_u *p;
|
|
3071
|
|
3072 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
3073 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
3074 {
|
|
3075 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
3076 if (p != NULL)
|
|
3077 {
|
|
3078 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
3079 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
3080 }
|
657
|
3081 }
|
|
3082 }
|
|
3083
|
|
3084 /*
|
659
|
3085 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
3086 * matches.
|
|
3087 */
|
|
3088 static void
|
|
3089 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
3090 {
|
|
3091 char_u *p;
|
|
3092 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
3093 int c;
|
|
3094
|
|
3095 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
677
|
3096 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
659
|
3097 return;
|
|
3098 p += len;
|
|
3099 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3100 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
3101 #else
|
|
3102 c = *p;
|
|
3103 #endif
|
|
3104 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
3105 }
|
|
3106
|
|
3107 /*
|
7
|
3108 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
464
|
3109 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
540
|
3110 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
7
|
3111 */
|
540
|
3112 static int
|
7
|
3113 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
3114 int c;
|
|
3115 {
|
|
3116 char_u *ptr;
|
|
3117 int temp;
|
|
3118 int want_cindent;
|
540
|
3119 int retval = FALSE;
|
7
|
3120
|
|
3121 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
3122 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
3123 */
|
|
3124 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
3125 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
3126
|
|
3127 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
3128 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
540
|
3129 return retval;
|
7
|
3130
|
665
|
3131 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
3132 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
3133 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
3134 {
|
|
3135 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
3136 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
3137 }
|
|
3138
|
7
|
3139 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
3140 {
|
|
3141 /*
|
|
3142 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
3143 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
3144 */
|
|
3145 switch (c)
|
|
3146 {
|
|
3147 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
3148 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
3149 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
3150 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
3151 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
3152 else
|
|
3153 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
3154 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
3155 showmode();
|
|
3156 break;
|
|
3157 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
3158 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
3159 break;
|
|
3160 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
3161 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
3162 break;
|
|
3163 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
3164 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
3165 break;
|
|
3166 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
3167 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
3168 break;
|
|
3169 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
3170 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
3171 break;
|
12
|
3172 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3173 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
3174 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
3175 break;
|
449
|
3176 case Ctrl_O:
|
523
|
3177 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
449
|
3178 break;
|
502
|
3179 #endif
|
477
|
3180 case 's':
|
|
3181 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
3182 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
744
|
3183 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
819
|
3184 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
484
|
3185 spell_back_to_badword();
|
819
|
3186 --emsg_off;
|
484
|
3187 #endif
|
477
|
3188 break;
|
7
|
3189 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
3190 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
3191 break;
|
|
3192 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
3193 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
3194 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
3195 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
3196 break;
|
|
3197 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
3198 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
3199 break;
|
|
3200 #endif
|
|
3201 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
3202 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
3203 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
3204 break;
|
|
3205 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
3206 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
3207 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
3208 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
3209 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
3210 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
3211 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
3212 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
3213 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
3214 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
3215 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
3216 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
3217 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
3218 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
3219 default:
|
449
|
3220 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
3221 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
3222 * mode).
|
|
3223 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
3224 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
3225 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
3226 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
3227 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
3228 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
3229 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
7
|
3230 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
3231 {
|
449
|
3232 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
3233 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
3234 else
|
449
|
3235 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
7
|
3236 }
|
|
3237 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
3238 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3239 showmode();
|
|
3240 break;
|
|
3241 }
|
|
3242 }
|
|
3243 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
3244 {
|
|
3245 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
3246 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
3247 {
|
|
3248 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
3249 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
3250 else
|
|
3251 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
3252 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3253 }
|
|
3254 showmode();
|
|
3255 }
|
|
3256
|
449
|
3257 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
7
|
3258 {
|
|
3259 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
3260 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
449
|
3261 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
7
|
3262 showmode();
|
644
|
3263 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
3264 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
7
|
3265 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
3266 {
|
|
3267 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
3268 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
449
|
3269 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
836
|
3270 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
|
7
|
3271 {
|
449
|
3272 char_u *p;
|
|
3273
|
7
|
3274 /*
|
836
|
3275 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
3276 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
3277 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
3278 * of the original text that has changed.
|
|
3279 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
3280 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
7
|
3281 */
|
836
|
3282 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
3283 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
3284 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
3285 ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
3286 else
|
|
3287 ptr = compl_orig_text;
|
449
|
3288 p = compl_orig_text;
|
836
|
3289 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
3290 ;
|
|
3291 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3292 if (temp > 0)
|
|
3293 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
|
|
3294 #endif
|
|
3295 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
7
|
3296 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
836
|
3297 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
|
7
|
3298 }
|
|
3299
|
|
3300 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3301 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
3302 #endif
|
|
3303 /*
|
|
3304 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
3305 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
3306 */
|
449
|
3307 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
7
|
3308 {
|
|
3309 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3310 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
3311 if (want_cindent)
|
|
3312 {
|
|
3313 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
3314 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
3315 }
|
|
3316 #endif
|
|
3317 }
|
|
3318 else
|
|
3319 {
|
|
3320 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
3321 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
3322 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
3323 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
3324 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
3325 }
|
|
3326
|
|
3327 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
3328
|
816
|
3329 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
825
|
3330 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
3331 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
3332 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
3333 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
3334 && pum_visible())
|
540
|
3335 retval = TRUE;
|
|
3336
|
816
|
3337 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
3338 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
3339 {
|
|
3340 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3341 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
3342 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
3343 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
819
|
3344 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
|
816
|
3345 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
3346 retval = TRUE;
|
|
3347 }
|
|
3348
|
7
|
3349 ins_compl_free();
|
449
|
3350 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3351 compl_matches = 0;
|
7
|
3352 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
3353 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
825
|
3354 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
7
|
3355 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
3356 {
|
|
3357 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3358 showmode();
|
|
3359 }
|
|
3360
|
|
3361 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3362 /*
|
|
3363 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
3364 */
|
|
3365 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
3366 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
3367 #endif
|
|
3368 }
|
|
3369 }
|
|
3370
|
|
3371 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
3372 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
3373 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
3374 {
|
449
|
3375 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
3376 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
7
|
3377 }
|
540
|
3378
|
|
3379 return retval;
|
7
|
3380 }
|
|
3381
|
|
3382 /*
|
|
3383 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
3384 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
3385 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
3386 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
3387 *
|
|
3388 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
3389 */
|
|
3390 static buf_T *
|
|
3391 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
3392 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3393 int flag;
|
|
3394 {
|
|
3395 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
3396 static win_T *wp;
|
|
3397 #endif
|
|
3398
|
|
3399 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
3400 {
|
|
3401 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
3402 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
3403 wp = curwin;
|
383
|
3404 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
7
|
3405 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
3406 ;
|
|
3407 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
3408 #else
|
|
3409 buf = curbuf;
|
|
3410 #endif
|
|
3411 }
|
|
3412 else
|
|
3413 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
3414 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
3415 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
383
|
3416 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
7
|
3417 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
3418 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
3419 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
3420 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
667
|
3421 || buf->b_scanned))
|
7
|
3422 ;
|
|
3423 return buf;
|
|
3424 }
|
|
3425
|
12
|
3426 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
659
|
3427 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
12
|
3428
|
|
3429 /*
|
523
|
3430 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
502
|
3431 * get matches in "matches".
|
12
|
3432 */
|
659
|
3433 static void
|
|
3434 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
523
|
3435 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
12
|
3436 char_u *base;
|
|
3437 {
|
452
|
3438 list_T *matchlist;
|
502
|
3439 char_u *args[2];
|
|
3440 char_u *funcname;
|
|
3441 pos_T pos;
|
|
3442
|
|
3443 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
3444 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
659
|
3445 return;
|
452
|
3446
|
|
3447 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
3448 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
502
|
3449 args[1] = base;
|
|
3450
|
|
3451 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
3452 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
3453 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
452
|
3454 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
659
|
3455 return;
|
|
3456
|
724
|
3457 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
3458 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
3459 }
|
|
3460 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
3461
|
786
|
3462 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
724
|
3463 /*
|
|
3464 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
3465 */
|
|
3466 static void
|
|
3467 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
3468 list_T *list;
|
|
3469 {
|
|
3470 listitem_T *li;
|
|
3471 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
3472
|
659
|
3473 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
724
|
3474 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
452
|
3475 {
|
786
|
3476 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
3477 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
3478 dir = FORWARD;
|
648
|
3479 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
3480 break;
|
452
|
3481 }
|
724
|
3482 }
|
786
|
3483
|
|
3484 /*
|
|
3485 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
3486 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
3487 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
3488 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
3489 */
|
|
3490 int
|
|
3491 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
3492 typval_T *tv;
|
|
3493 int dir;
|
|
3494 {
|
|
3495 char_u *word;
|
|
3496 int icase = p_ic;
|
|
3497 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
3498
|
|
3499 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
3500 {
|
|
3501 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
3502 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
3503 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
3504 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
3505 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
3506 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
3507 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
3508 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
3509 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
3510 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
3511 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
3512 }
|
|
3513 else
|
|
3514 {
|
|
3515 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
3516 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
3517 }
|
|
3518 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
3519 return FAIL;
|
|
3520 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0);
|
|
3521 }
|
724
|
3522 #endif
|
12
|
3523
|
449
|
3524 /*
|
|
3525 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
659
|
3526 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
3527 * compl_direction.
|
667
|
3528 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
3529 * where we stopped searching before.
|
449
|
3530 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
3531 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
7
|
3532 */
|
|
3533 static int
|
659
|
3534 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
7
|
3535 pos_T *ini;
|
|
3536 {
|
|
3537 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
3538 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
3539 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
449
|
3540 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
3541 certain type. */
|
|
3542 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
7
|
3543
|
464
|
3544 pos_T *pos;
|
|
3545 char_u **matches;
|
|
3546 int save_p_scs;
|
|
3547 int save_p_ws;
|
|
3548 int save_p_ic;
|
|
3549 int i;
|
|
3550 int num_matches;
|
|
3551 int len;
|
|
3552 int found_new_match;
|
|
3553 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
3554 char_u *ptr;
|
|
3555 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
3556 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
3557 compl_T *old_match;
|
7
|
3558
|
449
|
3559 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3560 {
|
|
3561 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
3562 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
3563 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
3564 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
449
|
3565 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
12
|
3566 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
7
|
3567 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
3568 }
|
|
3569
|
449
|
3570 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
659
|
3571 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
7
|
3572 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
3573 for (;;)
|
|
3574 {
|
|
3575 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3576
|
449
|
3577 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
7
|
3578 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
3579 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
3580 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3581 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
7
|
3582 {
|
|
3583 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
3584 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
3585 e_cpt++;
|
|
3586 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
3587 {
|
|
3588 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
3589 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
3590 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
3591 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
3592 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
3593 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
3594 type = 0;
|
|
3595 }
|
|
3596 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
3597 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
3598 {
|
|
3599 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
3600 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
3601 {
|
449
|
3602 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3603 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
3604 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
3605 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
3606 type = 0;
|
|
3607 }
|
|
3608 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
3609 {
|
|
3610 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3611 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
3612 continue;
|
|
3613 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
3614 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
3615 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
3616 }
|
274
|
3617 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
7
|
3618 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
3619 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
3620 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
3621 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
3622 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
3623 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
3624 }
|
|
3625 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
3626 break;
|
|
3627 else
|
|
3628 {
|
|
3629 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3630 type = -1;
|
|
3631 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
3632 {
|
|
3633 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
3634 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
3635 else
|
|
3636 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
3637 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
3638 {
|
|
3639 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
3640 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
3641 }
|
|
3642 }
|
|
3643 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
3644 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
3645 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
3646 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
3647 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
3648 #endif
|
|
3649 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
3650 {
|
|
3651 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
3652 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
3653 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
3654 }
|
|
3655 else
|
|
3656 type = -1;
|
|
3657
|
|
3658 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
3659 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
3660
|
|
3661 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3662 if (type == -1)
|
|
3663 continue;
|
|
3664 }
|
|
3665 }
|
|
3666
|
|
3667 switch (type)
|
|
3668 {
|
|
3669 case -1:
|
|
3670 break;
|
|
3671 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
3672 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
3673 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
659
|
3674 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
449
|
3675 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
7
|
3676 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
449
|
3677 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
3678 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
3679 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
3680 break;
|
|
3681 #endif
|
|
3682
|
|
3683 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
3684 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
3685 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
703
|
3686 dict != NULL ? dict
|
7
|
3687 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
3688 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
3689 ? p_tsr
|
|
3690 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
3691 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
3692 ? p_dict
|
|
3693 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
659
|
3694 compl_pattern,
|
703
|
3695 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
3696 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
7
|
3697 dict = NULL;
|
|
3698 break;
|
|
3699
|
|
3700 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
3701 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
3702 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
449
|
3703 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3704
|
|
3705 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
449
|
3706 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
3707 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3708 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
3709 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
3710 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
3711 {
|
681
|
3712 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
7
|
3713 }
|
|
3714 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
3715 break;
|
|
3716
|
|
3717 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
449
|
3718 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3719 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
3720 {
|
|
3721
|
|
3722 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
449
|
3723 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
681
|
3724 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
3725 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
3726 TRUE
|
|
3727 #else
|
|
3728 FALSE
|
|
3729 #endif
|
|
3730 );
|
7
|
3731 }
|
|
3732 break;
|
|
3733
|
|
3734 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
449
|
3735 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
3736 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
7
|
3737 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
681
|
3738 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
7
|
3739 break;
|
|
3740
|
12
|
3741 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3742 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
523
|
3743 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
659
|
3744 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
12
|
3745 break;
|
|
3746 #endif
|
|
3747
|
477
|
3748 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
744
|
3749 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
477
|
3750 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
3751 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
3752 if (num_matches > 0)
|
681
|
3753 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
477
|
3754 #endif
|
|
3755 break;
|
|
3756
|
7
|
3757 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
3758 /*
|
|
3759 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
3760 */
|
|
3761 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
3762 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
3763 p_scs = FALSE;
|
449
|
3764
|
7
|
3765 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
3766 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
3767 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
3768 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
3769 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
3770 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
3771 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
3772 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
3773 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
3774 for (;;)
|
|
3775 {
|
464
|
3776 int flags = 0;
|
7
|
3777
|
540
|
3778 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
3779 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
7
|
3780 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
449
|
3781 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
3782 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
659
|
3783 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3784 else
|
659
|
3785 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
3786 compl_direction,
|
449
|
3787 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
692
|
3788 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
|
449
|
3789 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3790 {
|
667
|
3791 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
449
|
3792 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3793 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3794 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3795 }
|
|
3796 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
665
|
3797 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
7
|
3798 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3799 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
3800 {
|
|
3801 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
3802 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3803 break;
|
|
3804 }
|
|
3805
|
|
3806 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
449
|
3807 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
7
|
3808 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
3809 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
3810 continue;
|
|
3811 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
3812 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3813 {
|
449
|
3814 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3815 {
|
|
3816 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3817 continue;
|
|
3818 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3819 if (!p_paste)
|
|
3820 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3821 }
|
|
3822 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
3823 }
|
|
3824 else
|
|
3825 {
|
449
|
3826 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
3827
|
|
3828 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3829 {
|
449
|
3830 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
7
|
3831 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
3832 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
3833 continue;
|
|
3834 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3835 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3836 }
|
|
3837 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
3838 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3839 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3840
|
449
|
3841 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
3842 && len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3843 {
|
|
3844 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3845 {
|
|
3846 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
3847 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
3848 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
449
|
3849 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
7
|
3850 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
3851 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
3852 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3853 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3854 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3855 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3856 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
3857 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3858 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
3859 {
|
419
|
3860 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
7
|
3861 {
|
419
|
3862 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
7
|
3863 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3864 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
3865 if (p_js
|
419
|
3866 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
7
|
3867 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
3868 == NULL
|
419
|
3869 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
3870 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
7
|
3871 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3872 }
|
|
3873 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
3874 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
3875 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
3876 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3877 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
464
|
3878 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3879 }
|
|
3880 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
3881 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
3882 }
|
449
|
3883 if (len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3884 continue;
|
|
3885 }
|
|
3886 }
|
681
|
3887 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
540
|
3888 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
659
|
3889 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
7
|
3890 {
|
|
3891 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3892 break;
|
|
3893 }
|
|
3894 }
|
|
3895 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
3896 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
3897 }
|
540
|
3898
|
449
|
3899 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
3900 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
540
|
3901 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
7
|
3902 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3903
|
|
3904 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
3905 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
3906 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3907 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
540
|
3908 {
|
|
3909 if (got_int)
|
|
3910 break;
|
665
|
3911 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
540
|
3912 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
3913 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
665
|
3914
|
540
|
3915 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3916 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
3917 break;
|
|
3918 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
3919 }
|
|
3920 else
|
|
3921 {
|
|
3922 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
3923 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
3924 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
3925
|
|
3926 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3927 }
|
449
|
3928 }
|
|
3929 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3930
|
|
3931 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3932 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
3933 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3934
|
|
3935 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
3936 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
3937 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
3938 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
3939
|
|
3940 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
449
|
3941 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
3942 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
724
|
3943 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
3944 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
449
|
3945 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
3946 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
7
|
3947 return i;
|
|
3948 }
|
|
3949
|
|
3950 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
3951 static void
|
|
3952 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
3953 {
|
|
3954 int i;
|
|
3955
|
|
3956 /*
|
|
3957 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
3958 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
3959 */
|
449
|
3960 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
7
|
3961 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
3962 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
3963 }
|
|
3964
|
|
3965 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
3966 static void
|
|
3967 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
3968 {
|
464
|
3969 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
683
|
3970 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
3971 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
3972 else
|
|
3973 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
7
|
3974 }
|
|
3975
|
|
3976 /*
|
|
3977 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
464
|
3978 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
3979 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
3980 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
3981 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
3982 * through the ones found so far.
|
7
|
3983 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
3984 *
|
449
|
3985 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
3986 * compl_shown_match here.
|
7
|
3987 *
|
|
3988 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
464
|
3989 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
3990 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
7
|
3991 */
|
|
3992 static int
|
665
|
3993 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
7
|
3994 int allow_get_expansion;
|
610
|
3995 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
3996 be at least 1 */
|
665
|
3997 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
7
|
3998 {
|
|
3999 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
4000 int i;
|
610
|
4001 int todo = count;
|
657
|
4002 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
4003 int found_end = FALSE;
|
836
|
4004 int advance;
|
7
|
4005
|
665
|
4006 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
4007 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
4008 {
|
|
4009 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
4010 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
681
|
4011 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
835
|
4012 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
665
|
4013 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
4014 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
4015 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
4016 }
|
|
4017
|
|
4018 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
4019 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
7
|
4020 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
4021 ins_compl_delete();
|
665
|
4022
|
836
|
4023 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
4024 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
4025 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
4026
|
610
|
4027 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
4028 * around. */
|
|
4029 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
4030 {
|
|
4031 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
4032 {
|
716
|
4033 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
4034 --compl_pending;
|
610
|
4035 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
657
|
4036 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
4037 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
4038 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
610
|
4039 }
|
|
4040 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
4041 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
4042 {
|
716
|
4043 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
4044 ++compl_pending;
|
657
|
4045 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
610
|
4046 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
657
|
4047 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
7
|
4048 }
|
|
4049 else
|
610
|
4050 {
|
836
|
4051 if (advance)
|
|
4052 {
|
|
4053 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
4054 --compl_pending;
|
|
4055 else
|
|
4056 ++compl_pending;
|
|
4057 }
|
657
|
4058 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
4059 return -1;
|
|
4060
|
659
|
4061 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
836
|
4062 if (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
4063 && advance)
|
657
|
4064 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
4065 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
4066 }
|
|
4067 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
4068 && compl_leader != NULL
|
681
|
4069 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
835
|
4070 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
657
|
4071 ++todo;
|
|
4072 else
|
|
4073 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
4074 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
4075
|
|
4076 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
4077 if (found_end)
|
|
4078 {
|
|
4079 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
610
|
4080 {
|
657
|
4081 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
4082 break;
|
610
|
4083 }
|
657
|
4084 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
610
|
4085 }
|
7
|
4086 }
|
|
4087
|
665
|
4088 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
4089 if (insert_match)
|
|
4090 {
|
|
4091 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
4092 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
4093 else
|
|
4094 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
4095 }
|
|
4096 else
|
|
4097 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
7
|
4098
|
|
4099 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
4100 {
|
540
|
4101 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
4102 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
4103
|
665
|
4104 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
4105 update_screen(0);
|
|
4106
|
540
|
4107 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
4108 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
4109
|
7
|
4110 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
4111 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
4112 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
4113 }
|
|
4114
|
825
|
4115 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
4116 * menu is visislbe. */
|
|
4117 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
4118
|
7
|
4119 /*
|
|
4120 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
4121 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
4122 */
|
464
|
4123 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
7
|
4124 {
|
|
4125 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
464
|
4126 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
7
|
4127 if (i <= 0)
|
|
4128 i = 0;
|
|
4129 else
|
|
4130 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
464
|
4131 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
7
|
4132 msg(IObuff);
|
|
4133 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
4134 }
|
|
4135
|
|
4136 return num_matches;
|
|
4137 }
|
|
4138
|
|
4139 /*
|
|
4140 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
4141 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
716
|
4142 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
7
|
4143 * possible. -- webb
|
464
|
4144 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
7
|
4145 */
|
|
4146 void
|
464
|
4147 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
4148 int frequency;
|
7
|
4149 {
|
|
4150 static int count = 0;
|
|
4151
|
|
4152 int c;
|
|
4153
|
|
4154 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
4155 * scripts */
|
|
4156 if (using_script())
|
|
4157 return;
|
|
4158
|
|
4159 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
464
|
4160 if (++count < frequency)
|
7
|
4161 return;
|
|
4162 count = 0;
|
|
4163
|
|
4164 ++no_mapping;
|
|
4165 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
4166 --no_mapping;
|
|
4167 if (c != NUL)
|
|
4168 {
|
|
4169 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
4170 {
|
|
4171 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
610
|
4172 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
665
|
4173 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
4174 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
7
|
4175 }
|
|
4176 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
449
|
4177 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
4178 }
|
716
|
4179 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
4180 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, compl_pending > 0
|
|
4181 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending, TRUE);
|
610
|
4182 }
|
|
4183
|
|
4184 /*
|
|
4185 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
4186 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
4187 */
|
|
4188 static int
|
|
4189 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
4190 int c;
|
|
4191 {
|
665
|
4192 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
4193 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
4194 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
610
|
4195 return BACKWARD;
|
|
4196 return FORWARD;
|
|
4197 }
|
|
4198
|
|
4199 /*
|
644
|
4200 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
4201 * is visible.
|
|
4202 */
|
|
4203 static int
|
|
4204 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
4205 int c;
|
|
4206 {
|
|
4207 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
665
|
4208 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
4209 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
644
|
4210 }
|
|
4211
|
|
4212 /*
|
610
|
4213 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
4214 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
4215 */
|
|
4216 static int
|
|
4217 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
4218 int c;
|
|
4219 {
|
|
4220 int h;
|
|
4221
|
665
|
4222 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
610
|
4223 {
|
|
4224 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
4225 if (h > 3)
|
|
4226 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
4227 return h;
|
|
4228 }
|
|
4229 return 1;
|
7
|
4230 }
|
|
4231
|
|
4232 /*
|
681
|
4233 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
4234 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
4235 */
|
|
4236 static int
|
|
4237 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
4238 int c;
|
|
4239 {
|
|
4240 switch (c)
|
|
4241 {
|
|
4242 case K_UP:
|
|
4243 case K_DOWN:
|
|
4244 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
4245 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
4246 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
4247 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
4248 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
4249 case K_S_UP:
|
|
4250 return FALSE;
|
|
4251 }
|
|
4252 return TRUE;
|
|
4253 }
|
|
4254
|
|
4255 /*
|
7
|
4256 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
4257 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
4258 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
4259 */
|
|
4260 static int
|
|
4261 ins_complete(c)
|
449
|
4262 int c;
|
7
|
4263 {
|
449
|
4264 char_u *line;
|
|
4265 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
4266 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
4267 int n;
|
7
|
4268
|
610
|
4269 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
449
|
4270 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
4271 {
|
|
4272 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
4273
|
|
4274 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4275 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4276 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4277 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4278 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4279 #endif
|
|
4280 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
4281 return FAIL;
|
|
4282
|
|
4283 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
449
|
4284 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
716
|
4285 compl_pending = 0;
|
7
|
4286
|
|
4287 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
449
|
4288 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
4289 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
4290 * "compl_startpos"
|
7
|
4291 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
4292 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
4293 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
4294 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
665
|
4295 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
4296 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
7
|
4297 {
|
|
4298 /*
|
|
4299 * it is a continued search
|
|
4300 */
|
449
|
4301 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
7
|
4302 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
4303 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
4304 {
|
449
|
4305 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
7
|
4306 {
|
449
|
4307 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
4308 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
4309 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
4310 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
4311 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
4312 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
4313 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4314 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
7
|
4315 }
|
|
4316 else
|
|
4317 {
|
|
4318 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
4319 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
449
|
4320 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
4321 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
4322 {
|
449
|
4323 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
4324 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
4325 line + compl_length
|
|
4326 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
7
|
4327 }
|
449
|
4328 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
7
|
4329 }
|
449
|
4330 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
502
|
4331 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
7
|
4332 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
4333 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
449
|
4334 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
7
|
4335 {
|
449
|
4336 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
4337 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
4338 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
7
|
4339 }
|
449
|
4340 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4341 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
4342 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
4343 }
|
|
4344 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
4345 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
7
|
4346 else
|
449
|
4347 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
4348 }
|
|
4349 else
|
449
|
4350 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
4351
|
|
4352 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
4353 {
|
|
4354 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
7
|
4355 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
449
|
4356 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
4357 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4358 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4359 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
4360 compl_col = 0;
|
7
|
4361 }
|
|
4362
|
|
4363 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
4364 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
4365 {
|
449
|
4366 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
7
|
4367 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
4368 {
|
449
|
4369 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
7
|
4370 {
|
449
|
4371 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4372 ;
|
449
|
4373 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4374 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
4375 }
|
|
4376 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
4377 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
4378 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
7
|
4379 else
|
449
|
4380 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
4381 compl_length);
|
|
4382 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4383 return FAIL;
|
|
4384 }
|
449
|
4385 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4386 {
|
|
4387 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
4388
|
|
4389 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
4390 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
4391 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
4392 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
4393 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4394 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4395 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
4396 || (compl_col > 0
|
7
|
4397 && (
|
|
4398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
4399 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
7
|
4400 #else
|
449
|
4401 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
7
|
4402 #endif
|
|
4403 )))
|
|
4404 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
449
|
4405 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
4406 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
4407 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
7
|
4408 }
|
449
|
4409 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
7
|
4410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
4411 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
7
|
4412 #else
|
449
|
4413 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
7
|
4414 #endif
|
|
4415 )
|
|
4416 {
|
|
4417 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
449
|
4418 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
4419 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4420 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4421 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
4422 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
4423 }
|
|
4424 else
|
|
4425 {
|
|
4426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4427 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
4428 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
4429 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4430 {
|
|
4431 int base_class;
|
|
4432 int head_off;
|
|
4433
|
449
|
4434 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
4435 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
4436 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
7
|
4437 {
|
449
|
4438 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
4439 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
4440 - head_off))
|
7
|
4441 break;
|
449
|
4442 startcol -= head_off;
|
7
|
4443 }
|
|
4444 }
|
|
4445 else
|
|
4446 #endif
|
449
|
4447 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4448 ;
|
449
|
4449 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4450 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
4451 if (compl_length == 1)
|
7
|
4452 {
|
|
4453 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
4454 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
4455 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
4456 */
|
449
|
4457 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
4458 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4459 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4460 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
4461 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
4462 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
7
|
4463 }
|
|
4464 else
|
|
4465 {
|
449
|
4466 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
4467 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
4468 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4469 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4470 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
4471 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
4472 compl_length);
|
7
|
4473 }
|
|
4474 }
|
|
4475 }
|
|
4476 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
4477 {
|
835
|
4478 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
449
|
4479 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
4480 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
4481 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
4482 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
4483 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
4484 NULL, 0);
|
7
|
4485 else
|
449
|
4486 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4487 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4488 return FAIL;
|
|
4489 }
|
|
4490 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
4491 {
|
449
|
4492 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4493 ;
|
449
|
4494 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4495 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
4496 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
4497 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
4498 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4499 return FAIL;
|
|
4500 }
|
|
4501 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
4502 {
|
449
|
4503 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
4504 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4505 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4506 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
4507 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
4508 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
4509 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
7
|
4510 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4511 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
4512 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
4513 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
4514 }
|
523
|
4515 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
502
|
4516 {
|
12
|
4517 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
4518 /*
|
502
|
4519 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
4520 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
12
|
4521 */
|
502
|
4522 char_u *args[2];
|
452
|
4523 int col;
|
502
|
4524 char_u *funcname;
|
|
4525 pos_T pos;
|
|
4526
|
523
|
4527 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
502
|
4528 * string */
|
|
4529 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
4530 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
4531 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
523
|
4532 {
|
|
4533 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
4534 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
12
|
4535 return FAIL;
|
523
|
4536 }
|
452
|
4537
|
|
4538 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
502
|
4539 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
4540 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4541 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
4542 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
4543
|
452
|
4544 if (col < 0)
|
523
|
4545 col = curs_col;
|
452
|
4546 compl_col = col;
|
|
4547 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
4548 compl_col = curs_col;
|
449
|
4549
|
|
4550 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
4551 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
4552 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
452
|
4553 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
449
|
4554 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4555 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
502
|
4556 #endif
|
449
|
4557 return FAIL;
|
|
4558 }
|
477
|
4559 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
4560 {
|
744
|
4561 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
497
|
4562 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
4563 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
4564 else
|
|
4565 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
4566 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
477
|
4567 return FAIL;
|
537
|
4568 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
818
|
4569 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
4570 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
477
|
4571 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
4572 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4573 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
4574 #endif
|
|
4575 return FAIL;
|
|
4576 }
|
449
|
4577 else
|
|
4578 {
|
|
4579 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
4580 return FAIL;
|
|
4581 }
|
|
4582
|
|
4583 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4584 {
|
|
4585 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
4586 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
4587 {
|
|
4588 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
4589 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4590 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
4591
|
|
4592 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
4593 #endif
|
449
|
4594 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4595 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
7
|
4596 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
4597 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4598 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
4599 #endif
|
449
|
4600 compl_length = 0;
|
|
4601 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
4602 }
|
|
4603 }
|
|
4604 else
|
|
4605 {
|
|
4606 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
449
|
4607 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
4608 }
|
|
4609
|
|
4610 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
4611 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
7
|
4612 else
|
|
4613 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
4614
|
694
|
4615 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
4616 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
449
|
4617 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4618 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
786
|
4619 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
449
|
4620 {
|
|
4621 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
4622 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
4623 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
4624 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
7
|
4625 return FAIL;
|
|
4626 }
|
|
4627
|
|
4628 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
4629 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
4630 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
4631 */
|
|
4632 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
4633 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4634 showmode();
|
|
4635 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
4636 out_flush();
|
|
4637 }
|
|
4638
|
449
|
4639 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
4640 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
4641
|
|
4642 /*
|
665
|
4643 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
7
|
4644 */
|
681
|
4645 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
449
|
4646
|
540
|
4647 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
4648 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
4649
|
449
|
4650 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
4651 compl_matches = n;
|
|
4652 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
4653 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
4654 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
7
|
4655
|
|
4656 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
4657 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
4658 {
|
|
4659 (void)vgetc();
|
|
4660 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
4661 }
|
|
4662
|
449
|
4663 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
464
|
4664 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
449
|
4665 {
|
|
4666 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
4667 && compl_length > 1
|
7
|
4668 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
4669 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
4670 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
4671 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
4672 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
4673 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
4674 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
4675 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4676 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
4677 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
4678 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
449
|
4679 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4680 }
|
|
4681
|
464
|
4682 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
449
|
4683 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
4684 else
|
449
|
4685 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
4686
|
|
4687 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
4688 {
|
464
|
4689 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
7
|
4690 {
|
|
4691 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
4692 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
4693 }
|
449
|
4694 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
4695 {
|
|
4696 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
4697 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4698 }
|
464
|
4699 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
7
|
4700 {
|
|
4701 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
4702 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4703 }
|
|
4704 else
|
|
4705 {
|
|
4706 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
464
|
4707 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
7
|
4708 {
|
464
|
4709 int number = 0;
|
|
4710 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
4711
|
449
|
4712 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
7
|
4713 {
|
|
4714 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
4715 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
4716 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
4717 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
4718 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
4719 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
4720 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4721 {
|
464
|
4722 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
4723 break;
|
|
4724 }
|
|
4725 if (match != NULL)
|
|
4726 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
4727 * yet */
|
540
|
4728 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
4729 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
464
|
4730 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
4731 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
4732 }
|
|
4733 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
4734 {
|
|
4735 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
4736 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
4737 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
4738 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
4739 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
4740 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
4741 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4742 {
|
464
|
4743 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
4744 break;
|
|
4745 }
|
|
4746 if (match != NULL)
|
|
4747 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
4748 * assigned yet */
|
464
|
4749 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
4750 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
4751 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
4752 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
4753 }
|
|
4754 }
|
|
4755
|
540
|
4756 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
4757 * just a safety check. */
|
464
|
4758 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4759 {
|
|
4760 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
4761 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
4762
|
449
|
4763 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
7
|
4764 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
464
|
4765 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
7
|
4766 else
|
449
|
4767 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
464
|
4768 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
419
|
4769 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
7
|
4770 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
4771 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
4772 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
4773 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
4774 }
|
|
4775 }
|
|
4776 }
|
|
4777
|
|
4778 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
4779 showmode();
|
|
4780 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
4781 {
|
|
4782 if (!p_smd)
|
|
4783 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
4784 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
4785 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
4786 }
|
|
4787 else
|
|
4788 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
4789
|
724
|
4790 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
4791 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
4792 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
540
|
4793 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
724
|
4794 setcursor();
|
|
4795 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
540
|
4796
|
7
|
4797 return OK;
|
|
4798 }
|
|
4799
|
|
4800 /*
|
|
4801 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
4802 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
4803 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
4804 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
4805 */
|
|
4806 static int
|
|
4807 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
4808 char_u *dest;
|
|
4809 char_u *src;
|
|
4810 int len;
|
|
4811 {
|
|
4812 int m;
|
|
4813
|
|
4814 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
4815 {
|
|
4816 switch (*src)
|
|
4817 {
|
|
4818 case '.':
|
|
4819 case '*':
|
|
4820 case '[':
|
|
4821 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4822 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4823 break;
|
|
4824 case '~':
|
|
4825 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
4826 break;
|
|
4827 case '\\':
|
|
4828 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4829 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4830 break;
|
|
4831 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
4832 case '$':
|
|
4833 m++;
|
|
4834 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4835 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
4836 break;
|
|
4837 }
|
|
4838 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4839 *dest++ = *src;
|
464
|
4840 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
7
|
4841 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
4842 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4843 {
|
|
4844 int i, mb_len;
|
|
4845
|
474
|
4846 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
7
|
4847 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
4848 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
4849 {
|
|
4850 --len;
|
|
4851 ++src;
|
|
4852 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4853 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
4854 }
|
|
4855 }
|
464
|
4856 # endif
|
7
|
4857 }
|
|
4858 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4859 *dest = NUL;
|
|
4860
|
|
4861 return m;
|
|
4862 }
|
|
4863 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
4864
|
|
4865 /*
|
|
4866 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
4867 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
4868 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
4869 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
4870 */
|
|
4871 int
|
|
4872 get_literal()
|
|
4873 {
|
|
4874 int cc;
|
|
4875 int nc;
|
|
4876 int i;
|
|
4877 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
4878 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
4879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4880 int unicode = 0;
|
|
4881 #endif
|
|
4882
|
|
4883 if (got_int)
|
|
4884 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
4885
|
|
4886 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4887 /*
|
|
4888 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
4889 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
4890 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
4891 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
4892 */
|
|
4893 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
4894 ++allow_keys;
|
|
4895 #endif
|
|
4896 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4897 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
4898 #endif
|
|
4899 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
4900 cc = 0;
|
|
4901 i = 0;
|
|
4902 for (;;)
|
|
4903 {
|
|
4904 do
|
|
4905 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
4906 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
4907 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
4908 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
4909 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
4910 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4911 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
4912 # endif
|
|
4913 )
|
|
4914 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
4915 #endif
|
|
4916 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
4917 hex = TRUE;
|
|
4918 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
4919 octal = TRUE;
|
|
4920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4921 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
4922 unicode = nc;
|
|
4923 #endif
|
|
4924 else
|
|
4925 {
|
|
4926 if (hex
|
|
4927 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4928 || unicode != 0
|
|
4929 #endif
|
|
4930 )
|
|
4931 {
|
|
4932 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
4933 break;
|
|
4934 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
4935 }
|
|
4936 else if (octal)
|
|
4937 {
|
|
4938 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
4939 break;
|
|
4940 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
4941 }
|
|
4942 else
|
|
4943 {
|
|
4944 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
4945 break;
|
|
4946 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
4947 }
|
|
4948
|
|
4949 ++i;
|
|
4950 }
|
|
4951
|
|
4952 if (cc > 255
|
|
4953 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4954 && unicode == 0
|
|
4955 #endif
|
|
4956 )
|
|
4957 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
4958 nc = 0;
|
|
4959
|
|
4960 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
4961 {
|
|
4962 if (i >= 2)
|
|
4963 break;
|
|
4964 }
|
|
4965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4966 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
4967 {
|
|
4968 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
4969 break;
|
|
4970 }
|
|
4971 #endif
|
|
4972 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
4973 break;
|
|
4974 }
|
|
4975 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
4976 {
|
|
4977 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4978 {
|
|
4979 cc = '\n';
|
|
4980 nc = 0;
|
|
4981 }
|
|
4982 else
|
|
4983 {
|
|
4984 cc = nc;
|
|
4985 nc = 0;
|
|
4986 }
|
|
4987 }
|
|
4988
|
|
4989 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4990 cc = '\n';
|
221
|
4991 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4992 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
4993 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
4994 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
4995 #endif
|
7
|
4996
|
|
4997 --no_mapping;
|
|
4998 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4999 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
5000 --allow_keys;
|
|
5001 #endif
|
|
5002 if (nc)
|
|
5003 vungetc(nc);
|
|
5004 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
5005 return cc;
|
|
5006 }
|
|
5007
|
|
5008 /*
|
|
5009 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
5010 */
|
|
5011 static void
|
|
5012 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
5013 int c;
|
|
5014 int allow_modmask;
|
|
5015 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
5016 {
|
|
5017 char_u *p;
|
|
5018 int len;
|
|
5019
|
|
5020 /*
|
|
5021 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
5022 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
5023 * mode.
|
|
5024 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
5025 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
5026 */
|
|
5027 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
5028 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
5029 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
5030 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
5031 #endif
|
|
5032 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
5033 {
|
|
5034 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
5035 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
5036 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
5037 if (len > 2)
|
|
5038 {
|
|
5039 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
5040 return;
|
|
5041 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
5042 ins_str(p);
|
620
|
5043 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
7
|
5044 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
5045 }
|
|
5046 }
|
|
5047 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
5048 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
5049 }
|
|
5050
|
|
5051 /*
|
|
5052 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
5053 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
5054 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
5055 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
5056 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
5057 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
5058 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
5059 */
|
|
5060 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
5061 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
5062 #else
|
|
5063 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
5064 #endif
|
|
5065
|
|
5066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5067 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
5068 #else
|
|
5069 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
5070 #endif
|
|
5071
|
|
5072 void
|
|
5073 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
5074 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
5075 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
5076 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
5077 {
|
|
5078 int textwidth;
|
|
5079 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5080 char_u *p;
|
667
|
5081 #endif
|
7
|
5082 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
5083
|
|
5084 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
5085 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
5086
|
|
5087 /*
|
|
5088 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
5089 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
5090 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
5091 * ends in white space.
|
|
5092 * - Otherwise:
|
|
5093 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
5094 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
5095 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
5096 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
5097 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
5098 * before the insert.
|
|
5099 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
5100 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
5101 */
|
667
|
5102 if (textwidth > 0
|
7
|
5103 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
5104 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
5105 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5106 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5107 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5108 #endif
|
|
5109 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
5110 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
5111 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
5112 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
5113 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
5114 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
5115 ))))))
|
|
5116 {
|
667
|
5117 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
5118 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
5119 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
5120 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
5121 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
5122 #endif
|
|
5123 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
5124 }
|
|
5125
|
7
|
5126 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
5127 return;
|
|
5128
|
|
5129 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5130 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
5131 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
5132 {
|
|
5133 char_u *line;
|
|
5134 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
5135 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
5136 int i;
|
|
5137
|
|
5138 /*
|
|
5139 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
5140 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
5141 */
|
|
5142 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
5143 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
5144 {
|
|
5145 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
5146 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
5147 ++p;
|
|
5148 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
5149 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
5150 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
5151 --middle_len;
|
|
5152
|
|
5153 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
5154 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
5155 ++p;
|
|
5156 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
5157
|
|
5158 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
5159 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5160 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
5161 ;
|
|
5162 i++;
|
|
5163
|
|
5164 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
5165 i -= middle_len;
|
|
5166
|
|
5167 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
5168 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
5169 {
|
|
5170 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
5171 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
5172
|
|
5173 /*
|
|
5174 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
5175 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
5176 */
|
|
5177 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
5178 }
|
|
5179 }
|
|
5180 }
|
|
5181 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
5182 #endif
|
|
5183
|
|
5184 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
5185 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
5186 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
5187 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
5188 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
5189 #endif
|
|
5190
|
|
5191 /*
|
|
5192 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
5193 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
5194 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
5195 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
5196 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
5197 */
|
|
5198 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
5199 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
5200 #endif
|
|
5201
|
|
5202 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
5203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5204 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
5205 #endif
|
|
5206 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
5207 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5208 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5209 && !cindent_on()
|
|
5210 #endif
|
|
5211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
5212 && !p_ri
|
|
5213 #endif
|
|
5214 )
|
|
5215 {
|
|
5216 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
5217 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
5218 int i;
|
|
5219 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
5220
|
|
5221 buf[0] = c;
|
|
5222 i = 1;
|
667
|
5223 if (textwidth > 0)
|
7
|
5224 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
5225 /*
|
|
5226 * Stop the string when:
|
|
5227 * - no more chars available
|
|
5228 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
5229 * - buffer is full
|
|
5230 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
5231 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
5232 */
|
|
5233 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
5234 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
5235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5236 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
5237 #endif
|
|
5238 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
5239 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
5240 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
5241 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
5242 {
|
|
5243 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
5244 c = vgetc();
|
|
5245 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
5246 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
5247 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
5248 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
5249 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
5250 # endif
|
|
5251 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
5252 #else
|
|
5253 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
5254 #endif
|
|
5255 }
|
|
5256
|
|
5257 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
5258 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
5259 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
5260 #endif
|
|
5261 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
5262 ins_str(buf);
|
|
5263 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
5264 {
|
|
5265 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
5266 i = 1;
|
|
5267 }
|
|
5268 else
|
|
5269 i = 0;
|
|
5270 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
620
|
5271 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
7
|
5272 }
|
|
5273 else
|
|
5274 {
|
|
5275 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
667
|
5276 int cc;
|
|
5277
|
7
|
5278 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
5279 {
|
|
5280 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
5281
|
|
5282 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
5283 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
5284 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
5285 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
5286 }
|
|
5287 else
|
|
5288 #endif
|
|
5289 {
|
|
5290 ins_char(c);
|
|
5291 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
5292 redo_literal(c);
|
|
5293 else
|
|
5294 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
5295 }
|
|
5296 }
|
|
5297 }
|
|
5298
|
|
5299 /*
|
667
|
5300 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
5301 */
|
|
5302 static void
|
|
5303 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
5304 int textwidth;
|
|
5305 int second_indent;
|
|
5306 int flags;
|
|
5307 int format_only;
|
|
5308 {
|
|
5309 int cc;
|
|
5310 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
5311 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
5312 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
5313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5314 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
5315 #endif
|
|
5316 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
5317 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
5318 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5319 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
5320 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
5321 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
5322 #endif
|
|
5323
|
|
5324 /*
|
|
5325 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
5326 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
5327 */
|
|
5328 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
5329 {
|
|
5330 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5331 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5332 {
|
|
5333 save_char = cc;
|
|
5334 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
5335 }
|
|
5336 }
|
|
5337
|
|
5338 /*
|
|
5339 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
5340 */
|
|
5341 while (!got_int)
|
|
5342 {
|
|
5343 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
5344 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
5345 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
5346 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
5347 colnr_T len;
|
|
5348 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
5349 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5350 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
5351 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
5352 #endif
|
|
5353 colnr_T col;
|
|
5354
|
|
5355 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
5356 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
5357 break;
|
|
5358
|
|
5359 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5360 if (no_leader)
|
|
5361 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
5362 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
5363 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
5364 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
5365
|
|
5366 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
5367 if (do_comments)
|
|
5368 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
5369 else
|
|
5370 leader_len = 0;
|
|
5371
|
|
5372 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
5373 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
5374 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
5375 * to start with %. */
|
|
5376 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
5377 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
5378 #endif
|
|
5379 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
5380 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5381 && leader_len == 0
|
|
5382 #endif
|
|
5383 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
5384
|
|
5385 {
|
|
5386 textwidth = 0;
|
|
5387 break;
|
|
5388 }
|
|
5389 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
5390 break;
|
|
5391
|
|
5392 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
5393 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
5394 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5395
|
|
5396 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
5397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5398 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
5399 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5400 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
5401 #endif
|
|
5402 foundcol = 0;
|
|
5403
|
|
5404 /*
|
|
5405 * Find position to break at.
|
|
5406 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
5407 */
|
|
5408 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
5409 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
5410 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
5411 {
|
|
5412 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5413 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5414 {
|
|
5415 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
5416 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5417
|
|
5418 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
5419 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5420 {
|
|
5421 dec_cursor();
|
|
5422 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5423 }
|
|
5424 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5425 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
5426 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5427 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
5428 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
5429 break;
|
|
5430 #endif
|
|
5431 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
5432 {
|
|
5433 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
5434 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5435 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
5436
|
|
5437 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5438 dec_cursor();
|
|
5439 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5440
|
|
5441 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5442 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
5443 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
5444 }
|
|
5445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5446 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5447 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5448 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5449 else
|
|
5450 #endif
|
|
5451 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
5452 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5453 break;
|
|
5454 }
|
|
5455 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5456 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
5457 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5458 {
|
|
5459 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
5460 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5461 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5462 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
5463 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
5464 break;
|
|
5465 }
|
|
5466 #endif
|
|
5467 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5468 break;
|
|
5469 dec_cursor();
|
|
5470 }
|
|
5471
|
|
5472 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
5473 {
|
|
5474 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
5475 break;
|
|
5476 }
|
|
5477
|
|
5478 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
5479 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
5480
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
5482 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
5483 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
5484 * over the text instead.
|
|
5485 */
|
|
5486 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5487 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5488 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
5489 else
|
|
5490 #endif
|
|
5491 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
5492
|
|
5493 /*
|
|
5494 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
5495 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
5496 */
|
|
5497 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
5498 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5499 inc_cursor();
|
|
5500 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5501 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
5502 startcol = 0;
|
|
5503
|
|
5504 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5505 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5506 {
|
|
5507 /*
|
|
5508 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
5509 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
5510 */
|
|
5511 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5512 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
5513 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
5514 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
5515 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
5516
|
|
5517 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
5518 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
5519 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
5520 }
|
|
5521 else
|
|
5522 #endif
|
|
5523 {
|
|
5524 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
5525 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
5526 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
5527 }
|
|
5528
|
|
5529 /*
|
|
5530 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
5531 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
5532 */
|
|
5533 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
5534 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
5535 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5536 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
5537 #endif
|
|
5538 , old_indent);
|
|
5539 old_indent = 0;
|
|
5540
|
|
5541 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
5542 if (first_line)
|
|
5543 {
|
|
5544 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
5545 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
5546 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
5547 {
|
|
5548 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5549 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5550 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
5551 else
|
|
5552 #endif
|
|
5553 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
5554 }
|
|
5555 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
5556 }
|
|
5557
|
|
5558 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5559 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5560 {
|
|
5561 /*
|
|
5562 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
5563 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
5564 */
|
|
5565 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
5566 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
5567 }
|
|
5568 else
|
|
5569 #endif
|
|
5570 {
|
|
5571 /*
|
|
5572 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
5573 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
5574 */
|
|
5575 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
5576 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5577 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
5578 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
5579 }
|
|
5580
|
|
5581 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
5582 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5583 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
5584 #endif
|
|
5585 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
5586 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
5587 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
5588 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
5589 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
5590 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
5591 #endif
|
|
5592 line_breakcheck();
|
|
5593 }
|
|
5594
|
|
5595 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
5596 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
5597
|
|
5598 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
5599 {
|
|
5600 update_topline();
|
|
5601 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
5602 }
|
|
5603 }
|
|
5604
|
|
5605 /*
|
7
|
5606 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
5607 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
5608 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
5609 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
5610 * saved here.
|
|
5611 */
|
|
5612 void
|
|
5613 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
5614 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
5615 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
5616 {
|
|
5617 pos_T pos;
|
|
5618 colnr_T len;
|
|
5619 char_u *old;
|
|
5620 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
5621 int wasatend;
|
301
|
5622 int cc;
|
7
|
5623
|
|
5624 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
5625 return;
|
|
5626
|
|
5627 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5628 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5629
|
|
5630 /* may remove added space */
|
|
5631 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
5632
|
|
5633 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
5634 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
5635 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
5636 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
5637 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
5638 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
5639 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
5640 {
|
|
5641 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
5642 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5643 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
5644 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
7
|
5645 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
5646 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5647 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
5648 {
|
|
5649 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
5650 return;
|
|
5651 }
|
|
5652 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
5653 }
|
|
5654
|
|
5655 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5656 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
5657 * comments. */
|
|
5658 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
5659 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
5660 return;
|
|
5661 #endif
|
|
5662
|
|
5663 /*
|
|
5664 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
5665 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
5666 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
5667 */
|
|
5668 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
5669 {
|
|
5670 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
5671 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
5672 return;
|
|
5673 }
|
|
5674
|
|
5675 /*
|
|
5676 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
5677 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
5678 */
|
|
5679 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
5680 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
5681 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
5682 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
5683
|
|
5684 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5685 {
|
|
5686 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
5687 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5688 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
5689 }
|
|
5690 else
|
|
5691 check_cursor_col();
|
|
5692
|
|
5693 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
5694 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
5695 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
5696 * formatted. */
|
|
5697 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
5698 {
|
|
5699 new = ml_get_curline();
|
835
|
5700 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
7
|
5701 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
5702 {
|
|
5703 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
5704 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
5705 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
5706 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
5707 /* remove the space later */
|
|
5708 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
5709 }
|
|
5710 else
|
|
5711 /* may remove added space */
|
|
5712 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
5713 }
|
|
5714
|
|
5715 check_cursor();
|
|
5716 }
|
|
5717
|
|
5718 /*
|
|
5719 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
5720 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
5721 * position.
|
|
5722 */
|
|
5723 static void
|
|
5724 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
5725 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
5726 {
|
|
5727 int c = ' ';
|
301
|
5728 int cc;
|
7
|
5729
|
|
5730 if (did_add_space)
|
|
5731 {
|
301
|
5732 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5733 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
5734 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
5735 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
5736 else
|
|
5737 {
|
|
5738 if (!end_insert)
|
|
5739 {
|
|
5740 inc_cursor();
|
|
5741 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5742 dec_cursor();
|
|
5743 }
|
|
5744 if (c != NUL)
|
|
5745 {
|
|
5746 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
5747 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5748 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
5749 }
|
|
5750 }
|
|
5751 }
|
|
5752 }
|
|
5753
|
|
5754 /*
|
|
5755 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
5756 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
5757 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
5758 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
5759 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
5760 */
|
|
5761 int
|
|
5762 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
5763 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
5764 {
|
|
5765 int textwidth;
|
|
5766
|
|
5767 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
5768 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
5769 {
|
|
5770 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
5771 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
5772 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
5773 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
5774 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
5775 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
5776 #endif
|
|
5777 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5778 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
5779 #endif
|
|
5780 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
5781 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
5782 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
5783 || usingNetbeans
|
|
5784 # endif
|
|
5785 )
|
|
5786 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
5787 #endif
|
|
5788 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
5789 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
5790 }
|
|
5791 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
5792 textwidth = 0;
|
|
5793 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
5794 {
|
|
5795 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
5796 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
5797 textwidth = 79;
|
|
5798 }
|
|
5799 return textwidth;
|
|
5800 }
|
|
5801
|
|
5802 /*
|
|
5803 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
5804 */
|
|
5805 static void
|
|
5806 redo_literal(c)
|
|
5807 int c;
|
|
5808 {
|
|
5809 char_u buf[10];
|
|
5810
|
|
5811 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
5812 * three digits. */
|
|
5813 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
5814 {
|
|
5815 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
5816 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
5817 }
|
|
5818 else
|
|
5819 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
5820 }
|
|
5821
|
|
5822 /*
|
|
5823 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
484
|
5824 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
7
|
5825 */
|
|
5826 static void
|
|
5827 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
840
|
5828 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
|
7
|
5829 {
|
|
5830 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
5831 {
|
|
5832 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
5833 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
5834 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
5835 }
|
744
|
5836 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
221
|
5837 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
5838 #endif
|
7
|
5839 }
|
|
5840
|
744
|
5841 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
221
|
5842 /*
|
|
5843 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
5844 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
5845 */
|
|
5846 static void
|
|
5847 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
5848 {
|
|
5849 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
5850 {
|
|
5851 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
5852
|
|
5853 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
5854 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
5855 }
|
|
5856 }
|
484
|
5857
|
|
5858 /*
|
|
5859 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
5860 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
5861 */
|
|
5862 static void
|
|
5863 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
5864 {
|
|
5865 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5866
|
499
|
5867 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
484
|
5868 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
5869 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
5870 }
|
221
|
5871 #endif
|
|
5872
|
7
|
5873 /*
|
|
5874 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
5875 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
5876 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
5877 */
|
|
5878 int
|
|
5879 stop_arrow()
|
|
5880 {
|
|
5881 if (arrow_used)
|
|
5882 {
|
|
5883 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5884 {
|
|
5885 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
5886 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5887 }
|
|
5888 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
5889 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5890 ai_col = 0;
|
|
5891 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5892 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5893 {
|
|
5894 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5895 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
5896 }
|
|
5897 #endif
|
|
5898 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
5899 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
613
|
5900 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
7
|
5901 }
|
|
5902 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
5903 {
|
|
5904 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5905 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5906 }
|
|
5907
|
|
5908 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5909 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
5910 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
5911 #endif
|
|
5912
|
|
5913 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
5914 }
|
|
5915
|
|
5916 /*
|
840
|
5917 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
5918 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
5919 * to another window/buffer.
|
7
|
5920 */
|
|
5921 static void
|
|
5922 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
840
|
5923 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
603
|
5924 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
7
|
5925 {
|
603
|
5926 int cc;
|
|
5927 char_u *ptr;
|
7
|
5928
|
|
5929 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
5930 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
5931
|
|
5932 /*
|
603
|
5933 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
5934 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
5935 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
7
|
5936 */
|
603
|
5937 ptr = get_inserted();
|
615
|
5938 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
5939 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
603
|
5940 {
|
|
5941 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5942 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
5943 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
5944 }
|
|
5945 else
|
|
5946 vim_free(ptr);
|
7
|
5947
|
840
|
5948 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
7
|
5949 {
|
|
5950 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
5951 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
5952 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
5953 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
10
|
5954 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
7
|
5955 {
|
10
|
5956 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5957
|
7
|
5958 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
5959 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
5960 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
5961 cc = 'x';
|
|
5962 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
5963 {
|
|
5964 dec_cursor();
|
|
5965 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5966 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
10
|
5967 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
7
|
5968 }
|
|
5969
|
|
5970 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
5971
|
10
|
5972 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5973 {
|
|
5974 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
5975 inc_cursor();
|
|
5976 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5977 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
5978 * the "coladd". */
|
|
5979 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
5980 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
5981 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
5982 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
5983 #endif
|
|
5984 }
|
7
|
5985 }
|
|
5986
|
|
5987 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
5988 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
5989
|
|
5990 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
10
|
5991 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
5992 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
5993 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
840
|
5994 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
7
|
5995 {
|
10
|
5996 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5997
|
|
5998 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
786
|
5999 for (;;)
|
|
6000 {
|
|
6001 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
6002 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6003 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
6004 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
6005 break;
|
7
|
6006 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
786
|
6007 }
|
10
|
6008 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
6009 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
6010 else if (cc != NUL)
|
7
|
6011 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
6012
|
|
6013 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
6014 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
6015 * deleted characters. */
|
|
6016 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
6017 {
|
835
|
6018 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
7
|
6019 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
6020 {
|
|
6021 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
6022 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6023 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
6024 # endif
|
|
6025 }
|
|
6026 }
|
|
6027 #endif
|
|
6028 }
|
|
6029 }
|
|
6030 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6031 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
6032 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
6033 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
6034 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
6035 #endif
|
|
6036
|
840
|
6037 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
6038 * now in a different buffer. */
|
|
6039 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
6040 {
|
|
6041 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
6042 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
6043 }
|
7
|
6044 }
|
|
6045
|
|
6046 /*
|
|
6047 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
6048 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
6049 */
|
|
6050 void
|
|
6051 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
6052 int c;
|
|
6053 {
|
|
6054 char_u *s;
|
|
6055
|
|
6056 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
6057 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6058 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
6059 #else
|
|
6060 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
6061 #endif
|
|
6062 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
6063 {
|
|
6064 s = last_insert;
|
|
6065 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
6066 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
6067 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
6068 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
6069 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
6070 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
6071 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
6072 }
|
|
6073 }
|
|
6074
|
359
|
6075 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6076 void
|
|
6077 free_last_insert()
|
|
6078 {
|
|
6079 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
6080 last_insert = NULL;
|
694
|
6081 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
6082 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
359
|
6083 }
|
|
6084 #endif
|
|
6085
|
7
|
6086 /*
|
|
6087 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
6088 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
6089 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
6090 */
|
|
6091 char_u *
|
|
6092 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
6093 int c;
|
|
6094 char_u *s;
|
|
6095 {
|
|
6096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6097 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
6098 int i;
|
|
6099 int len;
|
|
6100
|
|
6101 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
6102 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
6103 {
|
|
6104 c = temp[i];
|
|
6105 #endif
|
|
6106 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
6107 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
6108 {
|
|
6109 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
6110 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
6111 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
6112 }
|
|
6113 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6114 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
6115 {
|
|
6116 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
6117 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
6118 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
6119 }
|
|
6120 #endif
|
|
6121 else
|
|
6122 *s++ = c;
|
|
6123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6124 }
|
|
6125 #endif
|
|
6126 return s;
|
|
6127 }
|
|
6128
|
|
6129 /*
|
|
6130 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
6131 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
6132 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
6133 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
6134 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
6135 */
|
|
6136 void
|
|
6137 beginline(flags)
|
|
6138 int flags;
|
|
6139 {
|
|
6140 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
6141 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
6142 else
|
|
6143 {
|
|
6144 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
6145 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6146 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
6147 #endif
|
|
6148
|
|
6149 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
6150 {
|
|
6151 char_u *ptr;
|
|
6152
|
|
6153 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
6154 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
6155 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6156 }
|
|
6157 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6158 }
|
|
6159 }
|
|
6160
|
|
6161 /*
|
|
6162 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
6163 *
|
|
6164 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
773
|
6165 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
7
|
6166 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
6167 */
|
|
6168
|
|
6169 int
|
|
6170 oneright()
|
|
6171 {
|
|
6172 char_u *ptr;
|
|
6173 int l;
|
|
6174
|
|
6175 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6176 if (virtual_active())
|
|
6177 {
|
|
6178 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
6179
|
|
6180 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
6181 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6182 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
773
|
6183 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
7
|
6184 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
773
|
6185 # else
|
7
|
6186 *ptr
|
773
|
6187 # endif
|
7
|
6188 ))
|
|
6189 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
6190 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6191 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
6192 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
6193 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
6194 }
|
|
6195 #endif
|
|
6196
|
|
6197 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
773
|
6198 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
6199 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
6200
|
7
|
6201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
773
|
6202 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6203 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
6204 else
|
|
6205 #endif
|
773
|
6206 l = 1;
|
|
6207
|
|
6208 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
6209 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
6210 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
6211 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6212 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
6213 #endif
|
|
6214 )
|
|
6215 return FAIL;
|
|
6216 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
7
|
6217
|
|
6218 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6219 return OK;
|
|
6220 }
|
|
6221
|
|
6222 int
|
|
6223 oneleft()
|
|
6224 {
|
|
6225 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6226 if (virtual_active())
|
|
6227 {
|
|
6228 int width;
|
|
6229 int v = getviscol();
|
|
6230
|
|
6231 if (v == 0)
|
|
6232 return FAIL;
|
|
6233
|
|
6234 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
6235 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
6236 width = 1;
|
|
6237 for (;;)
|
|
6238 {
|
|
6239 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
6240 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
6241 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
6242 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
6243 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6244 && !has_mbyte
|
|
6245 # endif
|
|
6246 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
6247 break;
|
|
6248 ++width;
|
|
6249 }
|
|
6250 # else
|
|
6251 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
6252 # endif
|
|
6253
|
|
6254 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
6255 {
|
|
6256 char_u *ptr;
|
|
6257
|
|
6258 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
6259 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6260 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
6261 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6262 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
6263 # else
|
|
6264 *ptr
|
|
6265 # endif
|
|
6266 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
6267 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
6268 }
|
|
6269
|
|
6270 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6271 return OK;
|
|
6272 }
|
|
6273 #endif
|
|
6274
|
|
6275 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
6276 return FAIL;
|
|
6277
|
|
6278 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6279 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6280
|
|
6281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6282 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
6283 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
6284 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6285 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
6286 #endif
|
|
6287 return OK;
|
|
6288 }
|
|
6289
|
|
6290 int
|
|
6291 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
6292 long n;
|
|
6293 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
6294 {
|
|
6295 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
6296
|
|
6297 if (n > 0)
|
|
6298 {
|
|
6299 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
161
|
6300 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
6301 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
6302 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
6303 return FAIL;
|
|
6304 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
6305 lnum = 1;
|
|
6306 else
|
|
6307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
6308 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
6309 {
|
|
6310 /*
|
|
6311 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
6312 */
|
|
6313 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
6314 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
6315
|
|
6316 while (n--)
|
|
6317 {
|
|
6318 /* move up one line */
|
|
6319 --lnum;
|
|
6320 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
6321 break;
|
|
6322 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
6323 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
6324 * in a moment. */
|
|
6325 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
6326 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
6327 }
|
|
6328 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
6329 lnum = 1;
|
|
6330 }
|
|
6331 else
|
|
6332 #endif
|
|
6333 lnum -= n;
|
|
6334 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
6335 }
|
|
6336
|
|
6337 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
6338 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
6339
|
|
6340 if (upd_topline)
|
|
6341 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
6342
|
|
6343 return OK;
|
|
6344 }
|
|
6345
|
|
6346 /*
|
|
6347 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
6348 */
|
|
6349 int
|
|
6350 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
6351 long n;
|
|
6352 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
6353 {
|
|
6354 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
6355
|
|
6356 if (n > 0)
|
|
6357 {
|
|
6358 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
6359 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
6360 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
6361 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
6362 #endif
|
161
|
6363 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
6364 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
6365 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
6366 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
6367 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
6368 return FAIL;
|
|
6369 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6370 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
6371 else
|
|
6372 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
6373 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
6374 {
|
|
6375 linenr_T last;
|
|
6376
|
|
6377 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
6378 while (n--)
|
|
6379 {
|
|
6380 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
6381 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
6382 else
|
|
6383 ++lnum;
|
|
6384 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6385 break;
|
|
6386 }
|
|
6387 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6388 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
6389 }
|
|
6390 else
|
|
6391 #endif
|
|
6392 lnum += n;
|
|
6393 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
6394 }
|
|
6395
|
|
6396 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
6397 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
6398
|
|
6399 if (upd_topline)
|
|
6400 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
6401
|
|
6402 return OK;
|
|
6403 }
|
|
6404
|
|
6405 /*
|
|
6406 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
6407 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
6408 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
6409 */
|
|
6410 int
|
|
6411 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
6412 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
6413 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
6414 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
6415 {
|
|
6416 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
6417 char_u *ptr;
|
|
6418 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
6419 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
6420
|
|
6421 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
6422 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
6423 {
|
|
6424 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
6425 return FAIL;
|
|
6426 }
|
|
6427
|
|
6428 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
6429 if (c != NUL)
|
|
6430 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
6431 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
6432 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
6433
|
|
6434 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
6435 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
6436 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
6437 */
|
|
6438 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
6439 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
6440 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
6441 {
|
|
6442 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
6443 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
6444 }
|
|
6445
|
|
6446 do
|
|
6447 {
|
|
6448 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
6449 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
6450 if (last)
|
|
6451 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
6452 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
6453 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
6454 }
|
|
6455 while (--count > 0);
|
|
6456
|
|
6457 if (last)
|
|
6458 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
6459
|
|
6460 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
6461 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
6462
|
|
6463 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
6464 if (!no_esc)
|
|
6465 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
6466
|
|
6467 return OK;
|
|
6468 }
|
|
6469
|
|
6470 char_u *
|
|
6471 get_last_insert()
|
|
6472 {
|
|
6473 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
6474 return NULL;
|
|
6475 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
6476 }
|
|
6477
|
|
6478 /*
|
|
6479 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
6480 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
6481 */
|
|
6482 char_u *
|
|
6483 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
6484 {
|
|
6485 char_u *s;
|
|
6486 int len;
|
|
6487
|
|
6488 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
6489 return NULL;
|
|
6490 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
6491 if (s != NULL)
|
|
6492 {
|
|
6493 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
6494 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
6495 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
6496 }
|
|
6497 return s;
|
|
6498 }
|
|
6499
|
|
6500 /*
|
|
6501 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
6502 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
6503 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
6504 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
6505 */
|
|
6506 static int
|
|
6507 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
6508 int c;
|
|
6509 {
|
|
6510 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
6511 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
6512 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
6513 return FALSE;
|
|
6514
|
|
6515 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
6516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
6517 }
|
|
6518
|
|
6519 /*
|
|
6520 * replace-stack functions
|
|
6521 *
|
|
6522 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
6523 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
6524 *
|
|
6525 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
6526 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
6527 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
6528 *
|
|
6529 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
6530 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
6531 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
6532 *
|
|
6533 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
6534 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
6535 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
6536 */
|
|
6537
|
298
|
6538 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
6539 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
6540 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
7
|
6541
|
|
6542 void
|
|
6543 replace_push(c)
|
|
6544 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
6545 {
|
|
6546 char_u *p;
|
|
6547
|
|
6548 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
6549 return;
|
|
6550 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
6551 {
|
|
6552 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
6553 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
6554 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
6555 {
|
|
6556 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
6557 return;
|
|
6558 }
|
|
6559 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
6560 {
|
|
6561 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
6562 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
6563 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
6564 }
|
|
6565 replace_stack = p;
|
|
6566 }
|
|
6567 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
6568 if (replace_offset)
|
|
6569 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
6570 *p = c;
|
|
6571 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6572 }
|
|
6573
|
840
|
6574 #if 0
|
7
|
6575 /*
|
|
6576 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
6577 */
|
|
6578 static void
|
|
6579 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
6580 int c;
|
|
6581 {
|
|
6582 char_u *p;
|
|
6583
|
|
6584 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6585 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6586 ++replace_offset)
|
|
6587 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
6588 break;
|
|
6589 replace_push(c);
|
|
6590 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
6591 }
|
840
|
6592 #endif
|
7
|
6593
|
|
6594 /*
|
|
6595 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
6596 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
6597 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
6598 */
|
|
6599 static int
|
|
6600 replace_pop()
|
|
6601 {
|
|
6602 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
6603 return -1;
|
|
6604 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
6605 }
|
|
6606
|
|
6607 /*
|
|
6608 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
6609 * encountered.
|
|
6610 */
|
|
6611 static void
|
|
6612 replace_join(off)
|
|
6613 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
6614 {
|
|
6615 int i;
|
|
6616
|
|
6617 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
6618 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
6619 {
|
|
6620 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6621 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
6622 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
6623 return;
|
|
6624 }
|
|
6625 }
|
|
6626
|
|
6627 /*
|
|
6628 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
6629 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
6630 */
|
|
6631 static void
|
|
6632 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
6633 {
|
|
6634 int cc;
|
|
6635 int oldState = State;
|
|
6636
|
|
6637 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
6638 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
6639 {
|
|
6640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6641 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
6642 #else
|
|
6643 ins_char(cc);
|
|
6644 #endif
|
|
6645 dec_cursor();
|
|
6646 }
|
|
6647 State = oldState;
|
|
6648 }
|
|
6649
|
|
6650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
6652 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
6653 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
6654 */
|
|
6655 static void
|
|
6656 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
6657 int cc;
|
|
6658 {
|
|
6659 int n;
|
|
6660 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
6661 int i;
|
|
6662 int c;
|
|
6663
|
|
6664 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
6665 {
|
|
6666 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
6667 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
6668 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
6669 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
6670 }
|
|
6671 else
|
|
6672 ins_char(cc);
|
|
6673
|
|
6674 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
6675 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
6676 for (;;)
|
|
6677 {
|
|
6678 c = replace_pop();
|
|
6679 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
6680 break;
|
|
6681 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
6682 {
|
|
6683 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
6684 replace_push(c);
|
|
6685 break;
|
|
6686 }
|
|
6687 else
|
|
6688 {
|
|
6689 buf[0] = c;
|
|
6690 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
6691 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
6692 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
6693 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
6694 else
|
|
6695 {
|
|
6696 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
6697 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
6698 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
6699 break;
|
|
6700 }
|
|
6701 }
|
|
6702 }
|
|
6703 }
|
|
6704 #endif
|
|
6705
|
|
6706 /*
|
|
6707 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
6708 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
6709 */
|
|
6710 static void
|
|
6711 replace_flush()
|
|
6712 {
|
|
6713 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
6714 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
6715 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
6716 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
6717 }
|
|
6718
|
|
6719 /*
|
|
6720 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
6721 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
6722 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
6723 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
6724 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
6725 */
|
|
6726 static void
|
|
6727 replace_do_bs()
|
|
6728 {
|
|
6729 int cc;
|
|
6730 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6731 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
6732 int ins_len;
|
|
6733 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
6734 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
6735 char_u *p;
|
|
6736 int i;
|
|
6737 int vcol;
|
|
6738 #endif
|
|
6739
|
|
6740 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
6741 if (cc > 0)
|
|
6742 {
|
|
6743 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6745 {
|
|
6746 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
6747 * going to delete. */
|
|
6748 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
6749 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
6750 }
|
|
6751 #endif
|
|
6752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6753 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6754 {
|
|
6755 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6756 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6757 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
835
|
6758 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
6759 # endif
|
|
6760 replace_push(cc);
|
|
6761 }
|
|
6762 else
|
|
6763 #endif
|
|
6764 {
|
|
6765 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
6766 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6767 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
835
|
6768 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
7
|
6769 #endif
|
|
6770 }
|
|
6771 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
6772
|
|
6773 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6774 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6775 {
|
|
6776 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
6777 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
835
|
6778 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
7
|
6779 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
6780 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
6781 {
|
|
6782 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
6783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
6784 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
7
|
6785 #endif
|
|
6786 }
|
|
6787 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
6788
|
|
6789 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
6790 * text aligned. */
|
|
6791 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
6792 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
6793 {
|
|
6794 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6795 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
6796 }
|
|
6797 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
6798 }
|
|
6799 #endif
|
|
6800
|
|
6801 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
6802 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
6803 }
|
|
6804 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
6805 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6806 }
|
|
6807
|
|
6808 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6809 /*
|
|
6810 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
6811 */
|
|
6812 static int
|
|
6813 cindent_on()
|
|
6814 {
|
|
6815 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
6816 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6817 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
6818 # endif
|
|
6819 ));
|
|
6820 }
|
|
6821 #endif
|
|
6822
|
|
6823 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6824 /*
|
|
6825 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
6826 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
6827 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
6828 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
6829 */
|
|
6830
|
|
6831 void
|
|
6832 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
6833 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
6834 {
|
|
6835 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
6836 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
6837 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
6838 }
|
|
6839
|
|
6840 void
|
|
6841 fix_indent()
|
|
6842 {
|
|
6843 if (p_paste)
|
|
6844 return;
|
|
6845 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
6846 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
6847 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
6848 # endif
|
|
6849 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
6850 else
|
|
6851 # endif
|
|
6852 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6853 if (cindent_on())
|
|
6854 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
6855 # endif
|
|
6856 }
|
|
6857
|
|
6858 #endif
|
|
6859
|
|
6860 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6861 /*
|
|
6862 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
6863 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
6864 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
6865 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
6866 *
|
|
6867 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
6868 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
6869 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
6870 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
6871 *
|
|
6872 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
6873 */
|
|
6874 int
|
|
6875 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
6876 int keytyped;
|
|
6877 int when;
|
|
6878 int line_is_empty;
|
|
6879 {
|
|
6880 char_u *look;
|
|
6881 int try_match;
|
|
6882 int try_match_word;
|
|
6883 char_u *p;
|
|
6884 char_u *line;
|
|
6885 int icase;
|
|
6886 int i;
|
|
6887
|
|
6888 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6889 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
6890 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
6891 else
|
|
6892 #endif
|
|
6893 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
6894 while (*look)
|
|
6895 {
|
|
6896 /*
|
|
6897 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
6898 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
6899 */
|
|
6900 switch (when)
|
|
6901 {
|
|
6902 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
6903 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
6904 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
6905 }
|
|
6906 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
6907 ++look;
|
|
6908
|
|
6909 /*
|
|
6910 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
6911 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
6912 */
|
|
6913 if (*look == '0')
|
|
6914 {
|
|
6915 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
6916 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
6917 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
6918 ++look;
|
|
6919 }
|
|
6920 else
|
|
6921 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
6922
|
|
6923 /*
|
|
6924 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
6925 */
|
|
6926 if (*look == '^'
|
|
6927 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6928 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
6929 #else
|
|
6930 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
6931 #endif
|
|
6932 )
|
|
6933 {
|
|
6934 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
6935 return TRUE;
|
|
6936 look += 2;
|
|
6937 }
|
|
6938 /*
|
|
6939 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
6940 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
6941 */
|
|
6942 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
6943 {
|
|
6944 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
6945 return TRUE;
|
|
6946 ++look;
|
|
6947 }
|
|
6948 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
6949 {
|
|
6950 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
6951 return TRUE;
|
|
6952 ++look;
|
|
6953 }
|
|
6954
|
|
6955 /*
|
|
6956 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
6957 * cursor.
|
|
6958 */
|
|
6959 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
6960 {
|
|
6961 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
6962 {
|
|
6963 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6964 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
6965 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
6966 return TRUE;
|
|
6967 }
|
|
6968 ++look;
|
|
6969 }
|
|
6970
|
|
6971 /*
|
|
6972 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
6973 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
6974 * class::method for C++).
|
|
6975 */
|
|
6976 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
6977 {
|
|
6978 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
6979 {
|
|
6980 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6981 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
6982 return TRUE;
|
|
6983 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
6984 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
6985 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
6986 {
|
|
6987 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
6988 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
6989 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
6990 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6991 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
6992 if (i)
|
|
6993 return TRUE;
|
|
6994 }
|
|
6995 }
|
|
6996 ++look;
|
|
6997 }
|
|
6998
|
|
6999
|
|
7000 /*
|
|
7001 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
7002 */
|
|
7003 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
7004 {
|
|
7005 if (try_match)
|
|
7006 {
|
|
7007 /*
|
|
7008 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
7009 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
7010 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
7011 */
|
|
7012 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
7013 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
7014 return TRUE;
|
|
7015
|
|
7016 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
7017 return TRUE;
|
|
7018 }
|
|
7019 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
7020 look++;
|
|
7021 while (*look == '>')
|
|
7022 look++;
|
|
7023 }
|
|
7024
|
|
7025 /*
|
|
7026 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
7027 */
|
|
7028 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
7029 {
|
|
7030 ++look;
|
|
7031 if (*look == '~')
|
|
7032 {
|
|
7033 icase = TRUE;
|
|
7034 ++look;
|
|
7035 }
|
|
7036 else
|
|
7037 icase = FALSE;
|
|
7038 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
7039 if (p == NULL)
|
|
7040 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
7041 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
7042 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
7043 {
|
|
7044 int match = FALSE;
|
|
7045
|
|
7046 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
7047 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
7048 {
|
|
7049 char_u *s;
|
|
7050
|
|
7051 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
7052 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
7053 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7054 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7055 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7056 {
|
|
7057 char_u *n;
|
|
7058
|
|
7059 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
7060 {
|
|
7061 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
7062 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
7063 break;
|
|
7064 }
|
|
7065 }
|
|
7066 else
|
|
7067 # endif
|
|
7068 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
7069 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
7070 break;
|
|
7071 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
7072 && (icase
|
|
7073 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
7074 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
7075 match = TRUE;
|
|
7076 }
|
|
7077 else
|
|
7078 #endif
|
|
7079 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
7080 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
7081 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
7082 {
|
|
7083 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
7084 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
7085 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
7086 && (icase
|
|
7087 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
7088 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
7089 == 0)
|
|
7090 match = TRUE;
|
|
7091 }
|
|
7092 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
7093 {
|
|
7094 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
7095 * word. */
|
|
7096 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7097 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
7098 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
7099 match = FALSE;
|
|
7100 }
|
|
7101 if (match)
|
|
7102 return TRUE;
|
|
7103 }
|
|
7104 look = p;
|
|
7105 }
|
|
7106
|
|
7107 /*
|
|
7108 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
7109 */
|
|
7110 else
|
|
7111 {
|
|
7112 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
7113 return TRUE;
|
|
7114 ++look;
|
|
7115 }
|
|
7116
|
|
7117 /*
|
|
7118 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
7119 */
|
|
7120 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
7121 }
|
|
7122 return FALSE;
|
|
7123 }
|
|
7124 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
7125
|
|
7126 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7127 /*
|
|
7128 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
7129 */
|
|
7130 int
|
|
7131 hkmap(c)
|
|
7132 int c;
|
|
7133 {
|
|
7134 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
7135 {
|
|
7136 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
7137 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
7138 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
7139 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
7140 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
7141 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
7142 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
7143 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
7144 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
7145 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
7146 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
7147 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
7148 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
7149
|
|
7150 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
7151 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
7152 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
7153 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
7154 return 'X';
|
|
7155 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
7156 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
7157 else if (c == 246)
|
|
7158 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
7159 else if (c == 228)
|
|
7160 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
7161 else if (c == 252)
|
|
7162 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
7163 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
7164 else if (islower(c))
|
|
7165 #else
|
|
7166 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
7167 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
7168 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
7169 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
7170 */
|
|
7171 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
7172 #endif
|
|
7173 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
7174 else
|
|
7175 return c;
|
|
7176 }
|
|
7177 else
|
|
7178 {
|
|
7179 switch (c)
|
|
7180 {
|
|
7181 case '`': return ';';
|
|
7182 case '/': return '.';
|
|
7183 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
7184 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
7185 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
7186
|
|
7187 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
7188 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
7189 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
7190 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
7191 default: {
|
|
7192 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
7193
|
|
7194 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
7195 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
7196 if (!islower(c))
|
|
7197 #else
|
|
7198 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
7199 #endif
|
|
7200 return c;
|
|
7201 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
7202 break;
|
|
7203 }
|
|
7204 }
|
|
7205
|
|
7206 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
7207 }
|
|
7208 }
|
|
7209 #endif
|
|
7210
|
|
7211 static void
|
|
7212 ins_reg()
|
|
7213 {
|
|
7214 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
7215 int regname;
|
|
7216 int literally = 0;
|
|
7217
|
|
7218 /*
|
|
7219 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
7220 */
|
|
7221 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
7222 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
7223 {
|
|
7224 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
7225 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
7226
|
|
7227 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
7228 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7229 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
7230 #endif
|
|
7231 }
|
|
7232
|
|
7233 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
7234 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
7235 #endif
|
|
7236
|
|
7237 /*
|
|
7238 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
7239 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
7240 */
|
|
7241 ++no_mapping;
|
|
7242 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7243 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
7244 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
7245 #endif
|
|
7246 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
7247 {
|
|
7248 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
7249 literally = regname;
|
|
7250 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7251 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
7252 #endif
|
|
7253 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7254 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
7255 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
7256 #endif
|
|
7257 }
|
|
7258 --no_mapping;
|
|
7259
|
|
7260 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
7261 /*
|
|
7262 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
7263 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
7264 */
|
|
7265 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
7266 if (regname == '=')
|
|
7267 {
|
133
|
7268 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
7269 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
133
|
7270 # endif
|
7
|
7271 regname = get_expr_register();
|
133
|
7272 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
7273 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
7274 if (im_on)
|
|
7275 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
133
|
7276 # endif
|
7
|
7277 }
|
140
|
7278 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
7279 {
|
|
7280 vim_beep();
|
7
|
7281 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
140
|
7282 }
|
7
|
7283 else
|
|
7284 {
|
|
7285 #endif
|
|
7286 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
7287 {
|
|
7288 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
7289 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
7290 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
7291 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
7292
|
|
7293 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
7294 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
7295 }
|
|
7296 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
7297 {
|
|
7298 vim_beep();
|
|
7299 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
7300 }
|
133
|
7301 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
7302 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
7303 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
7304 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
7305 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
7306
|
7
|
7307 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
7308 }
|
|
7309 --no_u_sync;
|
|
7310 #endif
|
|
7311 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7312 clear_showcmd();
|
|
7313 #endif
|
|
7314
|
|
7315 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
7316 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
7317 edit_unputchar();
|
|
7318 }
|
|
7319
|
|
7320 /*
|
|
7321 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
7322 */
|
|
7323 static void
|
|
7324 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
7325 {
|
|
7326 int c;
|
|
7327
|
|
7328 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
7329 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
7330 setcursor();
|
|
7331 #endif
|
|
7332
|
|
7333 /*
|
|
7334 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
7335 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
7336 */
|
|
7337 ++no_mapping;
|
|
7338 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7339 --no_mapping;
|
|
7340 switch (c)
|
|
7341 {
|
|
7342 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
7343 case K_UP:
|
|
7344 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
7345 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
7346 break;
|
|
7347
|
|
7348 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
7349 case K_DOWN:
|
|
7350 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
7351 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
7352 break;
|
|
7353
|
|
7354 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
825
|
7355 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
7
|
7356 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
626
|
7357
|
|
7358 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
7359 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
7360 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
7
|
7361 break;
|
|
7362
|
|
7363 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
7364 default: vim_beep();
|
|
7365 }
|
|
7366 }
|
|
7367
|
|
7368 /*
|
449
|
7369 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
7370 */
|
|
7371 static void
|
|
7372 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
7373 {
|
782
|
7374 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
449
|
7375 {
|
|
7376 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
7377 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
7378 {
|
|
7379 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
7380 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
7381 }
|
|
7382 else
|
|
7383 {
|
|
7384 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
7385 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
7386 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7387 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7388 #endif
|
|
7389 }
|
|
7390 }
|
|
7391 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7392 else
|
|
7393 {
|
|
7394 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
7395 if (im_get_status())
|
|
7396 {
|
|
7397 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
7398 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7399 }
|
|
7400 else
|
|
7401 {
|
|
7402 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
7403 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
7404 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
7405 }
|
|
7406 }
|
|
7407 #endif
|
|
7408 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
7409 showmode();
|
|
7410 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7411 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
7412 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
7413 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
7414 #endif
|
|
7415 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
7416 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
7417 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
7418 #endif
|
|
7419 }
|
|
7420
|
|
7421 /*
|
7
|
7422 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
7423 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
7424 * insert.
|
|
7425 */
|
|
7426 static int
|
477
|
7427 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
7
|
7428 long *count;
|
|
7429 int cmdchar;
|
477
|
7430 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
7
|
7431 {
|
|
7432 int temp;
|
|
7433 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
7434
|
744
|
7435 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
449
|
7436 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
7437 #endif
|
7
|
7438 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
7439 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
7440 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
7441 # endif
|
|
7442 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
7443 {
|
|
7444 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
7445 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
7446 }
|
|
7447 #endif
|
|
7448
|
|
7449 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7450 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
7451 {
|
|
7452 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
7453 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
7454 }
|
|
7455 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
7456 {
|
|
7457 /*
|
|
7458 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
75
|
7459 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
7460 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
7
|
7461 */
|
|
7462 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
75
|
7463 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
7
|
7464
|
|
7465 /*
|
|
7466 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
7467 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
7468 */
|
|
7469 if (*count > 0)
|
|
7470 {
|
|
7471 line_breakcheck();
|
|
7472 if (got_int)
|
|
7473 *count = 0;
|
|
7474 }
|
|
7475
|
|
7476 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
7477 {
|
164
|
7478 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
7479 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
7480 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
7481
|
7
|
7482 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
7483 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
7484 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
7485 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
7486 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
7487 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
7488 }
|
|
7489 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
7490 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7491 }
|
|
7492
|
|
7493 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
7494 * indent */
|
|
7495 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
7496 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7497
|
|
7498 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
7499 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
7500 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7501
|
|
7502 /*
|
|
7503 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
477
|
7504 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
7
|
7505 */
|
477
|
7506 if (!nomove
|
|
7507 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
7
|
7508 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7509 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
7510 #endif
|
477
|
7511 )
|
|
7512 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
7513 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
7
|
7514 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
477
|
7515 && !VIsual_active
|
|
7516 #endif
|
|
7517 ))
|
7
|
7518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7519 && !revins_on
|
|
7520 #endif
|
|
7521 )
|
|
7522 {
|
|
7523 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7524 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
7525 {
|
|
7526 oneleft();
|
|
7527 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
7528 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
7529 }
|
|
7530 else
|
|
7531 #endif
|
|
7532 {
|
|
7533 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7535 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
7536 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7537 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
7538 #endif
|
|
7539 }
|
|
7540 }
|
|
7541
|
|
7542 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7543 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
7544 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
7545 * well). */
|
|
7546 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
7547 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
7548 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7549 #endif
|
|
7550
|
|
7551 State = NORMAL;
|
|
7552 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
7553 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
7554
|
|
7555 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
7556 setmouse();
|
|
7557 #endif
|
|
7558 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
7559 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
7560 #endif
|
|
7561
|
|
7562 /*
|
|
7563 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
7564 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
7565 */
|
|
7566 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
7567 showmode();
|
|
7568 else if (p_smd)
|
|
7569 MSG("");
|
|
7570
|
|
7571 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
7572 }
|
|
7573
|
|
7574 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7575 /*
|
|
7576 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
7577 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
7578 */
|
|
7579 static void
|
|
7580 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
7581 {
|
|
7582 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
7583 {
|
|
7584 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
7585 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7586 }
|
|
7587 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
7588 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
7589 if (revins_on)
|
|
7590 {
|
|
7591 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7592 revins_legal++;
|
|
7593 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
7594 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7595 }
|
|
7596 else
|
|
7597 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
7598 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
7599 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
7600 {
|
|
7601 /*
|
|
7602 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
7603 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
7604 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
7605 */
|
|
7606 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
7607 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
7608 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
7609 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
7610 State = INSERT;
|
|
7611 }
|
|
7612 else
|
|
7613 #endif
|
|
7614 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
7615 showmode();
|
|
7616 }
|
|
7617 #endif
|
|
7618
|
|
7619 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
7620 /*
|
|
7621 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
7622 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
7623 */
|
|
7624 static int
|
|
7625 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
7626 int c;
|
|
7627 {
|
|
7628 if (km_startsel)
|
|
7629 switch (c)
|
|
7630 {
|
|
7631 case K_KHOME:
|
|
7632 case K_KEND:
|
|
7633 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
7634 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
7635 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
7636 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
7637 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
7638 case K_LEFT:
|
|
7639 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
7640 case K_UP:
|
|
7641 case K_DOWN:
|
|
7642 case K_END:
|
|
7643 case K_HOME:
|
|
7644 # endif
|
|
7645 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
7646 break;
|
|
7647 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
7648 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
7649 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
7650 case K_S_UP:
|
|
7651 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
7652 case K_S_END:
|
|
7653 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
7654 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
7655 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
7656 start_selection();
|
|
7657
|
|
7658 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
7659 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
7660 if (mod_mask)
|
|
7661 {
|
|
7662 char_u buf[4];
|
|
7663
|
|
7664 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
7665 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
7666 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
7667 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
7668 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
7669 }
|
|
7670 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
7671 return TRUE;
|
|
7672 }
|
|
7673 return FALSE;
|
|
7674 }
|
|
7675 #endif
|
|
7676
|
|
7677 /*
|
449
|
7678 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
7679 */
|
|
7680 static void
|
|
7681 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
7682 int replaceState;
|
|
7683 {
|
|
7684 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
7685 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
7686 {
|
|
7687 beep_flush();
|
|
7688 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
7689 return;
|
|
7690 }
|
|
7691 #endif
|
|
7692
|
|
7693 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
532
|
7694 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
449
|
7695 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
7696 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
667
|
7697 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7698 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
7699 # endif
|
|
7700 "r"), 1);
|
532
|
7701 # endif
|
449
|
7702 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
7703 #endif
|
|
7704 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7705 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
7706 else
|
|
7707 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
7708 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
7709 showmode();
|
|
7710 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
7711 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
7712 #endif
|
|
7713 }
|
|
7714
|
|
7715 /*
|
|
7716 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
7717 */
|
|
7718 static void
|
|
7719 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
7720 {
|
|
7721 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7722 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7723 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
7724 else
|
|
7725 #endif
|
|
7726 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7727 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
7728 else
|
|
7729 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
7730 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7731 if (virtual_active())
|
|
7732 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
7733 else
|
|
7734 #endif
|
|
7735 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
7736 }
|
|
7737
|
|
7738 /*
|
7
|
7739 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
7740 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
7741 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
7742 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
7743 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
7744 */
|
|
7745 static void
|
|
7746 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
7747 int c;
|
|
7748 int lastc;
|
|
7749 {
|
|
7750 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7751 return;
|
|
7752 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
7753
|
|
7754 /*
|
|
7755 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
7756 */
|
|
7757 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
7758 {
|
|
7759 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7760 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
7761 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
7762 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7763 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
7764 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
7765 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
7766 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
7767 }
|
|
7768 else
|
|
7769 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
7770
|
|
7771 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
7772 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7773 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7774 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7775 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7776 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7777 #endif
|
|
7778 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7779 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
7780 #endif
|
|
7781 }
|
|
7782
|
|
7783 static void
|
|
7784 ins_del()
|
|
7785 {
|
|
7786 int temp;
|
|
7787
|
|
7788 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7789 return;
|
|
7790 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
7791 {
|
|
7792 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7793 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
7794 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
7795 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
7796 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
7797 vim_beep();
|
|
7798 else
|
|
7799 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7800 }
|
|
7801 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
7802 vim_beep();
|
|
7803 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7804 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7805 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7806 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7807 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7808 #endif
|
|
7809 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
7810 }
|
|
7811
|
|
7812 /*
|
|
7813 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
7814 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
7815 */
|
|
7816 static int
|
|
7817 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
7818 int c;
|
|
7819 int mode;
|
|
7820 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
7821 {
|
|
7822 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
7823 int cc;
|
|
7824 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
7825 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
7826 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
7827 int in_indent;
|
|
7828 int oldState;
|
|
7829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
714
|
7830 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
7
|
7831 #endif
|
|
7832
|
|
7833 /*
|
|
7834 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
7835 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
7836 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
7837 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
7838 */
|
|
7839 if ( bufempty()
|
|
7840 || (
|
|
7841 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7842 !revins_on &&
|
|
7843 #endif
|
|
7844 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7845 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
7846 && (arrow_used
|
|
7847 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7848 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
7849 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
7850 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
7851 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
7852 {
|
|
7853 vim_beep();
|
|
7854 return FALSE;
|
|
7855 }
|
|
7856
|
|
7857 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7858 return FALSE;
|
|
7859 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
7860 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7861 if (in_indent)
|
|
7862 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
7863 #endif
|
|
7864 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
7865 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
7866 #endif
|
|
7867 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7868 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
7869 inc_cursor();
|
|
7870 #endif
|
|
7871
|
|
7872 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7873 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
7874 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
7875 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
7876 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
7877 */
|
|
7878 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
7879 {
|
|
7880 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7881 {
|
|
7882 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
7883 return TRUE;
|
|
7884 }
|
|
7885 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
7886 {
|
|
7887 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7888 return TRUE;
|
|
7889 }
|
|
7890 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7891 }
|
|
7892 #endif
|
|
7893
|
|
7894 /*
|
|
7895 * delete newline!
|
|
7896 */
|
|
7897 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7898 {
|
|
7899 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7900 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7901 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7902 || revins_on
|
|
7903 #endif
|
|
7904 )
|
|
7905 {
|
|
7906 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
7907 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
7908 return FALSE;
|
|
7909 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7910 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7911 }
|
|
7912 /*
|
|
7913 * In replace mode:
|
|
7914 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
7915 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
7916 */
|
|
7917 cc = -1;
|
|
7918 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7919 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
7920 /*
|
|
7921 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
7922 * cursor.
|
|
7923 */
|
|
7924 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
7925 {
|
|
7926 dec_cursor();
|
|
7927 }
|
|
7928 else
|
|
7929 {
|
|
7930 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7931 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7932 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
7933 #endif
|
|
7934 {
|
|
7935 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
7936 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
278
|
7937
|
|
7938 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
7939 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
7940 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
7941 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
7942 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
7943 {
|
|
7944 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
7945 TRUE);
|
|
7946 int len;
|
|
7947
|
835
|
7948 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
278
|
7949 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
7950 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
7951 }
|
|
7952
|
7
|
7953 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
7954 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
7955 inc_cursor();
|
|
7956 }
|
|
7957 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7958 else
|
|
7959 dec_cursor();
|
|
7960 #endif
|
|
7961
|
|
7962 /*
|
|
7963 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
7964 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
7965 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
7966 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
7967 */
|
|
7968 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7969 {
|
|
7970 /*
|
|
7971 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
7972 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
7973 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
7974 */
|
|
7975 oldState = State;
|
|
7976 State = NORMAL;
|
|
7977 /*
|
|
7978 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
7979 */
|
|
7980 while (cc > 0)
|
|
7981 {
|
|
7982 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7984 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
7985 #else
|
|
7986 ins_char(cc);
|
|
7987 #endif
|
|
7988 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7989 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
7990 }
|
|
7991 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
7992 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
7993 State = oldState;
|
|
7994 }
|
|
7995 }
|
|
7996 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7997 }
|
|
7998 else
|
|
7999 {
|
|
8000 /*
|
|
8001 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
8002 */
|
|
8003 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8004 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
8005 dec_cursor();
|
|
8006 #endif
|
|
8007 mincol = 0;
|
|
8008 /* keep indent */
|
|
8009 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
8010 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8011 && !revins_on
|
|
8012 #endif
|
|
8013 )
|
|
8014 {
|
|
8015 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8016 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
8017 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
8018 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8019 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
8020 }
|
|
8021
|
|
8022 /*
|
|
8023 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
8024 */
|
|
8025 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
8026 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
648
|
8027 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
7
|
8028 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
8029 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
8030 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
8031 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
8032 {
|
|
8033 int ts;
|
|
8034 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
8035 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
840
|
8036 #if 0
|
7
|
8037 int extra = 0;
|
840
|
8038 #endif
|
7
|
8039
|
|
8040 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
648
|
8041 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
7
|
8042 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
8043 else
|
|
8044 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
8045 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
8046 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
8047 * the previous character. */
|
|
8048 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8049 dec_cursor();
|
|
8050 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
8051 inc_cursor();
|
|
8052 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
8053
|
|
8054 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
8055 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
8056 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
8057 {
|
|
8058 dec_cursor();
|
|
8059 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8060 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8061 {
|
|
8062 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
8063 * Replace mode */
|
|
8064 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
8065 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
8066 {
|
|
8067 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
8068 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
8069 {
|
|
8070 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
8071 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
8072 }
|
|
8073 else
|
|
8074 #endif
|
|
8075 replace_do_bs();
|
|
8076 }
|
|
8077 }
|
|
8078 else
|
|
8079 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
8080 }
|
|
8081
|
|
8082 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
8083 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
8084 {
|
|
8085 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
8086 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
8087 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8088 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8089
|
|
8090 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8091 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8092 ins_char(' ');
|
|
8093 else
|
|
8094 #endif
|
|
8095 {
|
|
8096 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
840
|
8097 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* && extra <= 1 */)
|
7
|
8098 {
|
840
|
8099 #if 0
|
7
|
8100 if (extra)
|
|
8101 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
8102 else
|
840
|
8103 #endif
|
7
|
8104 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8105 }
|
840
|
8106 #if 0
|
7
|
8107 if (extra == 2)
|
|
8108 extra = 1;
|
840
|
8109 #endif
|
7
|
8110 }
|
|
8111 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8112 }
|
|
8113 }
|
|
8114
|
|
8115 /*
|
|
8116 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
8117 */
|
|
8118 else do
|
|
8119 {
|
|
8120 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8121 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
8122 #endif
|
|
8123 dec_cursor();
|
|
8124
|
|
8125 /* start of word? */
|
|
8126 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
8127 {
|
|
8128 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
8129 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
8130 }
|
|
8131 /* end of word? */
|
|
8132 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
8133 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
8134 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
8135 {
|
|
8136 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8137 if (!revins_on)
|
|
8138 #endif
|
|
8139 inc_cursor();
|
|
8140 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8141 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8142 dec_cursor();
|
|
8143 #endif
|
|
8144 break;
|
|
8145 }
|
|
8146 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8147 replace_do_bs();
|
|
8148 else
|
|
8149 {
|
|
8150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8151 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
714
|
8152 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
7
|
8153 #endif
|
|
8154 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
8155 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8156 /*
|
714
|
8157 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
8158 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
7
|
8159 * character.
|
|
8160 */
|
714
|
8161 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
7
|
8162 inc_cursor();
|
|
8163 #endif
|
|
8164 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8165 if (revins_chars)
|
|
8166 {
|
|
8167 revins_chars--;
|
|
8168 revins_legal++;
|
|
8169 }
|
|
8170 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
8171 break;
|
|
8172 #endif
|
|
8173 }
|
|
8174 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
8175 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
8176 break;
|
|
8177 } while (
|
|
8178 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8179 revins_on ||
|
|
8180 #endif
|
|
8181 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
8182 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
8183 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
8184 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
8185 }
|
|
8186 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
8187 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
8188 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
8189 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
8190 #endif
|
|
8191 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
8192 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
8193 /*
|
|
8194 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
8195 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
8196 * with.
|
|
8197 */
|
|
8198 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
8199
|
|
8200 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
8201 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
8202 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8203 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8204
|
|
8205 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
8206 * was there remains visible
|
|
8207 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
8208 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
8209 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
8210 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
8211 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
8212 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
8213 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
8214
|
|
8215 return did_backspace;
|
|
8216 }
|
|
8217
|
|
8218 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
8219 static void
|
|
8220 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
8221 int c;
|
|
8222 {
|
|
8223 pos_T tpos;
|
840
|
8224 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
7
|
8225
|
|
8226 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8227 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
8228 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
8229 # endif
|
|
8230 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
8231 return;
|
|
8232
|
|
8233 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8234 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8235 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
8236 {
|
840
|
8237 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
8238 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
8239
|
|
8240 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
|
|
8241 {
|
|
8242 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
8243 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
8244 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
8245 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
8246 }
|
|
8247 #endif
|
|
8248 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
8249 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
8250 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
|
|
8251 {
|
|
8252 curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
8253 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
8254 }
|
|
8255 #endif
|
7
|
8256 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8257 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8258 # endif
|
|
8259 }
|
|
8260
|
|
8261 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
8262 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
8263 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
8264 #endif
|
|
8265 }
|
|
8266
|
|
8267 static void
|
|
8268 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
8269 int up;
|
|
8270 {
|
|
8271 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8272 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
8273 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
8274 # endif
|
|
8275
|
|
8276 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8277
|
|
8278 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
8279 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
8280
|
|
8281 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
8282 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
8283 {
|
|
8284 int row, col;
|
|
8285
|
|
8286 row = mouse_row;
|
|
8287 col = mouse_col;
|
|
8288
|
|
8289 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
8290 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
8291 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
8292 }
|
|
8293 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
8294 # endif
|
|
8295 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8296
|
|
8297 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
8298 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
8299 else
|
|
8300 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
8301
|
|
8302 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
8303 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
8304
|
|
8305 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
8306 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
8307 # endif
|
|
8308
|
|
8309 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
8310 {
|
|
8311 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8312 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8313 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8314 # endif
|
|
8315 }
|
|
8316 }
|
|
8317 #endif
|
|
8318
|
692
|
8319 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
724
|
8320 static void
|
692
|
8321 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
8322 int c;
|
|
8323 {
|
|
8324 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
8325 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
8326 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
8327 {
|
|
8328 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8329 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8330 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8331 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8332 # endif
|
|
8333 }
|
|
8334
|
|
8335 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
8336 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
8337 else
|
|
8338 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
8339
|
|
8340 }
|
|
8341 #endif
|
|
8342
|
|
8343 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
7
|
8344 void
|
|
8345 ins_scroll()
|
|
8346 {
|
|
8347 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8348
|
|
8349 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8350 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8351 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
8352 {
|
|
8353 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8354 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8355 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8356 # endif
|
|
8357 }
|
|
8358 }
|
|
8359
|
|
8360 void
|
|
8361 ins_horscroll()
|
|
8362 {
|
|
8363 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8364
|
|
8365 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8366 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8367 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
8368 {
|
|
8369 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8370 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8371 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8372 # endif
|
|
8373 }
|
|
8374 }
|
|
8375 #endif
|
|
8376
|
|
8377 static void
|
|
8378 ins_left()
|
|
8379 {
|
|
8380 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8381
|
|
8382 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8383 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8384 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8385 #endif
|
|
8386 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8387 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8388 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
8389 {
|
|
8390 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8391 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8392 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
8393 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
8394 revins_legal++;
|
|
8395 revins_chars++;
|
|
8396 #endif
|
|
8397 }
|
|
8398
|
|
8399 /*
|
|
8400 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
8401 * previous line
|
|
8402 */
|
|
8403 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8404 {
|
|
8405 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8406 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
8407 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
8408 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
8409 }
|
|
8410 else
|
|
8411 vim_beep();
|
|
8412 }
|
|
8413
|
|
8414 static void
|
|
8415 ins_home(c)
|
|
8416 int c;
|
|
8417 {
|
|
8418 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8419
|
|
8420 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8421 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8422 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8423 #endif
|
|
8424 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8425 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8426 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
8427 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
8428 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
8429 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
8430 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
8431 #endif
|
|
8432 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
8433 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8434 }
|
|
8435
|
|
8436 static void
|
|
8437 ins_end(c)
|
|
8438 int c;
|
|
8439 {
|
|
8440 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8441
|
|
8442 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8443 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8444 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8445 #endif
|
|
8446 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8447 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8448 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
8449 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
8450 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
8451 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
8452
|
|
8453 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8454 }
|
|
8455
|
|
8456 static void
|
|
8457 ins_s_left()
|
|
8458 {
|
|
8459 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8460 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8461 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8462 #endif
|
|
8463 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8464 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
8465 {
|
|
8466 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8467 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
8468 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8469 }
|
|
8470 else
|
|
8471 vim_beep();
|
|
8472 }
|
|
8473
|
|
8474 static void
|
|
8475 ins_right()
|
|
8476 {
|
|
8477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8478 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8479 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8480 #endif
|
|
8481 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8482 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
8483 )
|
|
8484 {
|
|
8485 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8486 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8487 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
8488 if (virtual_active())
|
|
8489 oneright();
|
|
8490 else
|
|
8491 #endif
|
|
8492 {
|
|
8493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8494 if (has_mbyte)
|
474
|
8495 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
8496 else
|
|
8497 #endif
|
|
8498 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8499 }
|
|
8500
|
|
8501 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8502 revins_legal++;
|
|
8503 if (revins_chars)
|
|
8504 revins_chars--;
|
|
8505 #endif
|
|
8506 }
|
|
8507 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
8508 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
8509 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
8510 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
8511 {
|
|
8512 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8513 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8514 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
8515 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
8516 }
|
|
8517 else
|
|
8518 vim_beep();
|
|
8519 }
|
|
8520
|
|
8521 static void
|
|
8522 ins_s_right()
|
|
8523 {
|
|
8524 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8525 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8526 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8527 #endif
|
|
8528 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8529 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
8530 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
8531 {
|
|
8532 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8533 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
8534 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8535 }
|
|
8536 else
|
|
8537 vim_beep();
|
|
8538 }
|
|
8539
|
|
8540 static void
|
|
8541 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
8542 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
8543 {
|
|
8544 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8545 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
8546 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8547 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
8548 #endif
|
|
8549
|
|
8550 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8551 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8552 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
8553 {
|
|
8554 if (startcol)
|
|
8555 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
8556 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
8557 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8558 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
8559 #endif
|
|
8560 )
|
|
8561 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8562 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8563 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8564 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8565 #endif
|
|
8566 }
|
|
8567 else
|
|
8568 vim_beep();
|
|
8569 }
|
|
8570
|
|
8571 static void
|
|
8572 ins_pageup()
|
|
8573 {
|
|
8574 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8575
|
|
8576 undisplay_dollar();
|
828
|
8577
|
|
8578 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
8579 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
8580 {
|
|
8581 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
8582 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
8583 return;
|
|
8584 }
|
|
8585 #endif
|
|
8586
|
7
|
8587 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8588 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
8589 {
|
|
8590 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8591 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8592 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8593 #endif
|
|
8594 }
|
|
8595 else
|
|
8596 vim_beep();
|
|
8597 }
|
|
8598
|
|
8599 static void
|
|
8600 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
8601 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
8602 {
|
|
8603 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8604 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
8605 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8606 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
8607 #endif
|
|
8608
|
|
8609 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8610 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8611 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
8612 {
|
|
8613 if (startcol)
|
|
8614 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
8615 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
8616 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8617 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
8618 #endif
|
|
8619 )
|
|
8620 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8621 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8622 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8623 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8624 #endif
|
|
8625 }
|
|
8626 else
|
|
8627 vim_beep();
|
|
8628 }
|
|
8629
|
|
8630 static void
|
|
8631 ins_pagedown()
|
|
8632 {
|
|
8633 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8634
|
|
8635 undisplay_dollar();
|
828
|
8636
|
|
8637 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
8638 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
8639 {
|
|
8640 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
8641 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
8642 return;
|
|
8643 }
|
|
8644 #endif
|
|
8645
|
7
|
8646 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8647 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
8648 {
|
|
8649 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8650 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8651 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8652 #endif
|
|
8653 }
|
|
8654 else
|
|
8655 vim_beep();
|
|
8656 }
|
|
8657
|
|
8658 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
8659 static void
|
|
8660 ins_drop()
|
|
8661 {
|
|
8662 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
8663 }
|
|
8664 #endif
|
|
8665
|
|
8666 /*
|
|
8667 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
8668 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
8669 */
|
|
8670 static int
|
|
8671 ins_tab()
|
|
8672 {
|
|
8673 int ind;
|
|
8674 int i;
|
|
8675 int temp;
|
|
8676
|
|
8677 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
8678 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
8679 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
8680 return FALSE;
|
|
8681
|
|
8682 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
8683 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8684 if (ind)
|
|
8685 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
8686 #endif
|
|
8687
|
|
8688 /*
|
|
8689 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
8690 */
|
|
8691 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
8692 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
8693 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
8694 return TRUE;
|
|
8695
|
|
8696 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
8697 return TRUE;
|
|
8698
|
|
8699 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
8700 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
8701 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
8702 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
8703 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
8704 #endif
|
|
8705 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
8706
|
|
8707 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
8708 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
8709 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
8710 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
8711 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
8712 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
8713 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
8714
|
|
8715 /*
|
|
8716 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
8717 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
8718 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
8719 */
|
|
8720 ins_char(' ');
|
|
8721 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
8722 {
|
|
8723 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8724 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8725 ins_char(' ');
|
|
8726 else
|
|
8727 #endif
|
|
8728 {
|
|
8729 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
8730 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
8731 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8732 }
|
|
8733 }
|
|
8734
|
|
8735 /*
|
|
8736 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
8737 */
|
|
8738 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
8739 {
|
|
8740 char_u *ptr;
|
|
8741 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8742 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
8743 pos_T pos;
|
|
8744 #endif
|
|
8745 pos_T fpos;
|
|
8746 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
8747 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
8748 int change_col = -1;
|
|
8749 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
8750
|
|
8751 /*
|
|
8752 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
8753 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
8754 */
|
|
8755 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8756 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8757 {
|
|
8758 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8759 cursor = &pos;
|
|
8760 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
8761 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
8762 return FALSE;
|
|
8763 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
8764 }
|
|
8765 else
|
|
8766 #endif
|
|
8767 {
|
|
8768 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
8769 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8770 }
|
|
8771
|
|
8772 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
8773 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
8774 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
8775
|
|
8776 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
8777 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8778 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
8779 {
|
|
8780 --fpos.col;
|
|
8781 --ptr;
|
|
8782 }
|
|
8783
|
|
8784 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
8785 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8786 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
8787 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8788 {
|
|
8789 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
8790 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
8791 }
|
|
8792
|
|
8793 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
8794 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8795 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8796
|
|
8797 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
8798 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
8799 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
8800 {
|
|
8801 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
8802 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
8803 break;
|
|
8804 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
8805 {
|
|
8806 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
8807 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
8808 {
|
|
8809 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
8810 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
8811 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8812 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
8813 }
|
|
8814 }
|
|
8815 ++fpos.col;
|
|
8816 ++ptr;
|
|
8817 vcol += i;
|
|
8818 }
|
|
8819
|
|
8820 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
8821 {
|
|
8822 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
8823
|
|
8824 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
8825 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
8826 {
|
|
8827 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
8828 ++ptr;
|
|
8829 ++repl_off;
|
|
8830 }
|
|
8831 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
8832 {
|
|
8833 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
8834 --ptr;
|
|
8835 --repl_off;
|
|
8836 }
|
|
8837 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
8838
|
|
8839 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
8840 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
8841 if (i > 0)
|
|
8842 {
|
|
8843 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
8844 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
8845 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8847 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8848 #endif
|
|
8849 )
|
|
8850 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
8851 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
8852 }
|
33
|
8853 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
8854 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
8855 {
|
|
8856 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
8857 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
8858 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
8859 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
8860 }
|
|
8861 #endif
|
7
|
8862 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
8863
|
|
8864 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8865 /*
|
|
8866 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
8867 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
8868 * spacing.
|
|
8869 */
|
|
8870 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8871 {
|
|
8872 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
8873 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
8874
|
|
8875 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
8876 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
8877 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
8878 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
8879 }
|
|
8880 #endif
|
|
8881 }
|
|
8882
|
|
8883 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8884 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8885 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
8886 #endif
|
|
8887 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
8888 }
|
|
8889
|
|
8890 return FALSE;
|
|
8891 }
|
|
8892
|
|
8893 /*
|
|
8894 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
8895 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
8896 */
|
|
8897 static int
|
|
8898 ins_eol(c)
|
|
8899 int c;
|
|
8900 {
|
|
8901 int i;
|
|
8902
|
|
8903 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
8904 return FALSE;
|
|
8905 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
8906 return TRUE;
|
|
8907 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8908
|
|
8909 /*
|
|
8910 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
8911 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
8912 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
8913 */
|
|
8914 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8915 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8916 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8917 #endif
|
|
8918 )
|
|
8919 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8920
|
|
8921 /*
|
|
8922 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
8923 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
8924 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
8925 * in open_line().
|
|
8926 */
|
|
8927
|
|
8928 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8929 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
8930 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
8931 fkmap(NL);
|
|
8932 # endif
|
|
8933 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
8934 * current line. */
|
|
8935 if (revins_on)
|
|
8936 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
8937 #endif
|
|
8938
|
|
8939 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
8940 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
8941 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
8942 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
8943 #endif
|
|
8944 0, old_indent);
|
|
8945 old_indent = 0;
|
|
8946 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8947 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8948 #endif
|
|
8949
|
|
8950 return (!i);
|
|
8951 }
|
|
8952
|
|
8953 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
8954 /*
|
|
8955 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
8956 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
8957 * done.
|
|
8958 */
|
|
8959 static int
|
|
8960 ins_digraph()
|
|
8961 {
|
|
8962 int c;
|
|
8963 int cc;
|
|
8964
|
|
8965 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
8966 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8967 {
|
|
8968 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
8969 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
8970
|
|
8971 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
8972 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8973 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
8974 #endif
|
|
8975 }
|
|
8976
|
|
8977 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
8978 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
8979 #endif
|
|
8980
|
|
8981 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
8982 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
8983 ++no_mapping;
|
|
8984 ++allow_keys;
|
|
8985 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
8986 --no_mapping;
|
|
8987 --allow_keys;
|
|
8988 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
8989 {
|
|
8990 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8991 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8992 #endif
|
|
8993 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
8994 return NUL;
|
|
8995 }
|
|
8996 if (c != ESC)
|
|
8997 {
|
|
8998 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8999 {
|
|
9000 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
9001 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
9002
|
|
9003 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
9004 {
|
|
9005 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
9006 * an ESC next */
|
|
9007 edit_unputchar();
|
661
|
9008 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
9009 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
9010 }
|
|
9011 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
9012 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
9013 #endif
|
|
9014 }
|
|
9015 ++no_mapping;
|
|
9016 ++allow_keys;
|
|
9017 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
9018 --no_mapping;
|
|
9019 --allow_keys;
|
|
9020 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
9021 {
|
|
9022 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
9023 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
9024 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
9025 clear_showcmd();
|
|
9026 #endif
|
|
9027 return c;
|
|
9028 }
|
|
9029 }
|
|
9030 edit_unputchar();
|
|
9031 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
9032 clear_showcmd();
|
|
9033 #endif
|
|
9034 return NUL;
|
|
9035 }
|
|
9036 #endif
|
|
9037
|
|
9038 /*
|
|
9039 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
9040 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
9041 */
|
|
9042 static int
|
|
9043 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
9044 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
9045 {
|
|
9046 int c;
|
|
9047 int temp;
|
|
9048 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
9049
|
|
9050 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
9051 {
|
|
9052 vim_beep();
|
|
9053 return NUL;
|
|
9054 }
|
|
9055
|
|
9056 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
9057 temp = 0;
|
|
9058 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
9059 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
9060 validate_virtcol();
|
|
9061 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
9062 {
|
|
9063 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
9064 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
9065 }
|
|
9066 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
9067 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
9068
|
|
9069 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9070 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
9071 #else
|
|
9072 c = *ptr;
|
|
9073 #endif
|
|
9074 if (c == NUL)
|
|
9075 vim_beep();
|
|
9076 return c;
|
|
9077 }
|
|
9078
|
449
|
9079 /*
|
|
9080 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
9081 */
|
|
9082 static int
|
|
9083 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
9084 int tc;
|
|
9085 {
|
|
9086 int c = tc;
|
|
9087
|
|
9088 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
9089 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
9090 {
|
|
9091 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
9092 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
9093 else
|
|
9094 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
9095 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
9096 }
|
|
9097 else
|
|
9098 #endif
|
|
9099 {
|
|
9100 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
9101 if (c != NUL)
|
|
9102 {
|
|
9103 long tw_save;
|
|
9104
|
|
9105 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
9106 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
9107 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
9108 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
9109 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
9110 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
9111 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
9112 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
9113 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
9114 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
9115 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
9116 revins_chars++;
|
|
9117 revins_legal++;
|
|
9118 #endif
|
|
9119 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
9120 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
9121 }
|
|
9122 }
|
|
9123 return c;
|
|
9124 }
|
|
9125
|
7
|
9126 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
9127 /*
|
|
9128 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
9129 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
9130 */
|
|
9131 static void
|
|
9132 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
9133 int c;
|
|
9134 {
|
|
9135 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
9136 char_u *ptr;
|
|
9137 int i;
|
|
9138 int temp;
|
|
9139
|
|
9140 /*
|
|
9141 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
9142 */
|
|
9143 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
9144 {
|
|
9145 /*
|
|
9146 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
9147 */
|
|
9148 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
9149 {
|
|
9150 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
9151 /*
|
|
9152 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
9153 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
9154 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
9155 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
9156 * lines -- webb
|
|
9157 */
|
|
9158 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
9159 i = pos->col;
|
|
9160 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
9161 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
9162 ;
|
|
9163 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
9164 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
9165 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
9166 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
9167 i = get_indent();
|
|
9168 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
9169 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
9170 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
9171 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
9172 else
|
|
9173 #endif
|
|
9174 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
9175 }
|
|
9176 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
9177 {
|
|
9178 /*
|
|
9179 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
9180 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
9181 */
|
|
9182 temp = TRUE;
|
|
9183 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
9184 {
|
|
9185 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
9186 i = get_indent();
|
|
9187 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
9188 {
|
|
9189 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
9190
|
|
9191 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
9192 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
9193 break;
|
|
9194 }
|
|
9195 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
9196 temp = FALSE;
|
|
9197 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
9198 }
|
|
9199 if (temp)
|
|
9200 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
9201 }
|
|
9202 }
|
|
9203
|
|
9204 /*
|
|
9205 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
9206 */
|
|
9207 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
9208 {
|
|
9209 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
9210 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
9211 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
9212 }
|
|
9213
|
|
9214 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
9215 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
9216 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
9217 }
|
|
9218 #endif
|
|
9219
|
|
9220 /*
|
|
9221 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
9222 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
9223 */
|
|
9224 static colnr_T
|
|
9225 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
9226 {
|
|
9227 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
9228 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
9229 validate_virtcol();
|
|
9230 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
9231 }
|